Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Diversified / Berkshire Hathaway

Berkshire Hathaway

brk-a · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker brk-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Diversified
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2004 Annual Report · Berkshire Hathaway
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 

2004 ANNUAL REPORT 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Business Activities....................................................  

Inside Front Cover 

Corporate Performance vs. the S&P 500 ................................................   2 

Chairman’s Letter* .................................................................................   3 

Selected Financial Data For The 
  Past Five Years  .................................................................................. 27 

Acquisition Criteria ................................................................................ 28 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm................... 28 

Consolidated Financial Statements ......................................................... 29 

Management’s Report on Internal Control 
  Over Financial Reporting ................................................................... 56 

Management’s Discussion ...................................................................... 57 

Owner’s Manual ..................................................................................... 73 

Common Stock Data and Corporate Governance Matters...................... 79 

Operating Companies ............................................................................. 80 

Directors and Officers of the Company .........................Inside Back Cover 

*Copyright © 2005 By Warren E. Buffett 

All Rights Reserved 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Activities 

Berkshire Hathaway Inc. is a holding company owning subsidiaries engaged in 
a number of diverse business activities.  The most important of these is the property and 
casualty  insurance  business  conducted  on  both  a  direct  and  reinsurance  basis  through  a 
number of subsidiaries. Included in this group of subsidiaries is GEICO, one of the five 
largest auto insurers in the United States, General Re, one of the four largest reinsurers in 
the world, and the Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group. 

Numerous  business  activities  are  conducted  through  non-insurance  subsidiaries. 
Included  in  the  non-insurance  subsidiaries  are  several  large  manufacturing  businesses. 
Shaw Industries is the world’s largest manufacturer of tufted broadloom carpet. Benjamin 
Moore is a formulator, manufacturer and retailer of architectural and industrial coatings.  
Johns  Manville  is  a  leading  manufacturer  of  insulation  and  building  products.  Acme 
Building Brands is a manufacturer of face brick and concrete masonry products. MiTek 
Inc.  produces  steel  connector  products  and  engineering  software  for  the  building 
components market.  Fruit of the Loom, Garan, Fechheimer, H.H. Brown, Lowell, Justin 
Brands  and  Dexter  manufacture,  license  and  distribute  apparel  and  footwear  under  a 
variety  of  brand  names.    McLane  Company  is  a  wholesale  distributor  of  groceries  and 
nonfood items to convenience stores, wholesale clubs, mass merchandisers, quick service 
restaurants and others. 

FlightSafety  International  provides  training  of  aircraft  and  ship  operators. 
NetJets  provides  fractional  ownership  programs  for  general  aviation  aircraft.    Nebraska 
Furniture  Mart,  R.C.  Willey  Home  Furnishings,  Star  Furniture  and  Jordan’s  Furniture 
are retailers of home furnishings. Borsheim’s, Helzberg Diamond Shops and Ben Bridge 
Jeweler  are  retailers  of  fine  jewelry.    Berkshire’s  finance  and  financial  products 
businesses primarily engage in proprietary investing strategies (BH Finance), commercial 
and  consumer  lending  (Berkshire  Hathaway  Credit  Corporation  and  Clayton  Homes), 
transportation equipment and furniture leasing (XTRA and CORT) and risk management 
activities (General Re Securities). 

In  addition,  Berkshire’s  other  non-insurance  business  activities  include:  Buffalo 
News, a publisher of a daily and Sunday newspaper; See’s Candies, a manufacturer and 
seller  of  boxed  chocolates  and  other  confectionery  products;  Scott  Fetzer,  a  diversified 
manufacturer  and  distributor  of  commercial  and  industrial  products,  the  principal 
products  are  sold  under  the  Kirby  and  Campbell  Hausfeld  brand  names;  Albecca,  a 
designer,  manufacturer,  and  distributor  of  high-quality  picture  framing  products;  CTB 
International, a manufacturer of equipment for the livestock and agricultural industries; 
International  Dairy  Queen,  a  licensor  and  service  provider  to  about  6,000  stores  that 
offer prepared dairy treats and food; and The Pampered Chef, the premier direct seller of 
kitchen tools in the U.S. 

Operating decisions for the various Berkshire businesses are made by managers 
of the business units. Investment decisions and all other capital allocation decisions are 
made  for  Berkshire  and  its  subsidiaries  by  Warren  E.  Buffett,  in  consultation  with 
Charles  T.  Munger.  Mr.  Buffett  is  Chairman  and  Mr.  Munger  is  Vice  Chairman  of 
Berkshire’s Board of Directors. 

************ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note: The following table appears in the printed Annual Report on the facing page of the 
Chairman's Letter and is referred to in that letter. 

Berkshire’s Corporate Performance vs. the S&P 500 

  Annual Percentage Change 

in Per-Share 
Book Value of  with Dividends 

in S&P 500 

Year
1965 
1966 
1967 
1968  
1969 
1970 
1971 
1972 
1973 
1974 
1975 
1976 
1977 
1978 
1979 
1980 
1981 
1982 
1983 
1984 
1985 
1986 
1987 
1988 
1989 
1990 
1991 
1992 
1993 
1994 
1995 
1996 
1997 
1998 
1999 
2000 
2001 
2002 
2003 
2004 

.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 
.................................................. 

Berkshire 
(1) 
23.8 
20.3 
11.0 
19.0 
16.2 
12.0 
16.4 
21.7 
4.7 
5.5 
21.9 
59.3 
31.9 
24.0 
35.7 
19.3 
31.4 
40.0 
32.3 
13.6 
48.2 
26.1 
19.5 
20.1 
44.4 
7.4 
39.6 
20.3 
14.3 
13.9 
43.1 
31.8 
34.1 
48.3 
.5 
6.5 
(6.2) 
10.0 
21.0 
10.5 

Average Annual Gain — 1965-2004 
Overall Gain — 1964-2004 

21.9 
286,865 

Included 
(2) 
10.0 
(11.7) 
30.9 
11.0 
(8.4) 
3.9 
14.6 
18.9 
(14.8) 
(26.4) 
37.2 
23.6 
(7.4) 
6.4 
18.2 
32.3 
(5.0) 
21.4 
22.4 
6.1 
31.6 
18.6 
5.1 
16.6 
31.7 
(3.1) 
30.5 
7.6 
10.1 
1.3 
37.6 
23.0 
33.4 
28.6 
21.0 
(9.1) 
(11.9) 
(22.1) 
28.7 
10.9 

10.4 
5,318 

Relative 
Results 
  (1)-(2) 
13.8 
32.0 
(19.9) 
8.0 
24.6 
8.1 
1.8 
2.8 
19.5 
31.9 
(15.3) 
35.7 
39.3 
17.6 
17.5 
(13.0) 
36.4 
18.6 
9.9 
7.5 
16.6 
7.5 
14.4 
3.5 
12.7 
10.5 
9.1 
12.7 
4.2 
12.6 
5.5 
8.8 
.7 
19.7 
(20.5) 
15.6 
5.7 
32.1 
(7.7) 
(.4) 

11.5 

Notes:  Data are for calendar years with these exceptions:  1965 and 1966, year ended 9/30; 1967, 15 months ended 12/31. 

Starting  in  1979,  accounting  rules  required  insurance  companies  to  value  the  equity  securities  they  hold  at  market 
rather  than  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market,  which  was  previously  the  requirement.    In  this  table,  Berkshire’s  results 
through 1978 have been restated to conform to the changed rules.  In all other respects, the results are calculated using 
the numbers originally reported. 

The S&P 500 numbers are pre-tax whereas the Berkshire numbers are after-tax.  If a corporation such as Berkshire 
were simply to have owned the S&P 500 and accrued the appropriate taxes, its results would have lagged the S&P 500 
in years when that index showed a positive return, but would have exceeded the S&P in years when the index showed a 
negative return.  Over the years, the tax costs would have caused the aggregate lag to be substantial. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 

To the Shareholders of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.: 

Our gain in net worth during 2004 was $8.3 billion, which increased the per-share book value of 
both our Class A and Class B stock by 10.5%.  Over the last 40 years (that is, since present management 
took over) book value has grown from $19 to $55,824, a rate of 21.9% compounded annually.* 

It’s  per-share  intrinsic  value  that  counts,  however,  not  book  value.    Here,  the  news  is  good: 
Between  1964  and  2004,  Berkshire  morphed  from  a  struggling  northern  textile  business  whose  intrinsic 
value  was  less  than  book  into  a  diversified  enterprise  worth  far  more  than  book.    Our  40-year  gain  in 
intrinsic value has therefore somewhat exceeded our 21.9% gain in book.  (For an explanation of intrinsic 
value and the economic principles that guide Charlie Munger, my partner and Berkshire’s vice-chairman, 
and me in running Berkshire, please read our Owner’s Manual, beginning on page 73.) 

Despite their shortcomings, yearly calculations of book value are useful at Berkshire as a slightly 
understated gauge for measuring the long-term rate of increase in our intrinsic value.  The calculations are 
less  relevant, however,  than they  once  were  in  rating  any  single  year’s performance  versus  the  S&P  500 
index (a comparison we display on the facing page).  Our equity holdings (including convertible preferreds) 
have  fallen  considerably  as  a  percentage  of  our  net  worth,  from  an  average  of  114%  in  the  1980s,  for 
example, to less than 50% in recent years.  Therefore, yearly movements in the stock market now affect a 
much  smaller  portion  of  our  net  worth  than  was  once  the  case,  a  fact  that  will  normally  cause  us  to 
underperform in years when stocks rise substantially and overperform in years when they fall. 

However  the  yearly  comparisons  work  out,  Berkshire’s  long-term  performance  versus  the  S&P 
remains all-important.  Our shareholders can buy the S&P through an index fund at very low cost.  Unless 
we achieve gains in per-share intrinsic value in the future that outdo the S&P, Charlie and I will be adding 
nothing to what you can accomplish on your own. 

Last  year,  Berkshire’s  book-value  gain  of  10.5%  fell  short  of  the  index’s  10.9%  return.    Our 
lackluster performance was not due to any stumbles by the CEOs of our operating businesses: As always, 
they pulled more than their share of the load.  My message to them is simple: Run your business as if it 
were the only asset your family will own over the next hundred years.  Almost invariably they do just that 
and, after taking care of the needs of their business, send excess cash to Omaha for me to deploy. 

I  didn’t  do  that  job  very  well  last  year.    My  hope  was  to  make  several  multi-billion  dollar 
acquisitions that would add new and significant streams of earnings to the many we already have.  But I 
struck out.  Additionally, I found very few attractive securities to buy.  Berkshire therefore ended the year 
with $43 billion of cash equivalents, not a happy position.  Charlie and I will work to translate some of this 
hoard into more interesting assets during 2005, though we can’t promise success. 

In  one  respect,  2004  was  a  remarkable  year  for  the  stock  market,  a  fact  buried  in  the  maze  of 
numbers on page 2.  If you examine the 35 years since the 1960s ended, you will find that an investor’s 
return,  including  dividends,  from  owning  the  S&P  has  averaged  11.2%  annually  (well  above  what  we 
expect  future  returns  to  be).  But  if  you  look  for  years  with  returns  anywhere  close  to  that  11.2%  –  say, 
between 8% and 14% – you will find only one before 2004.  In other words, last year’s “normal” return is 
anything but. 

*All figures used in this report apply to Berkshire’s A shares, the successor to the only stock that 
the company had outstanding before 1996.  The B shares have an economic interest equal to 1/30th that of 
the A. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over the 35 years, American business has delivered terrific results.  It should therefore have been 
easy  for  investors  to  earn  juicy  returns:  All  they  had  to  do  was  piggyback  Corporate  America  in  a 
diversified, low-expense way.  An index fund that they never touched would have done the job.  Instead 
many investors have had experiences ranging from mediocre to disastrous. 

There  have  been  three  primary  causes:  first,  high  costs,  usually  because  investors  traded 
excessively or spent far too much on investment management; second, portfolio decisions based on tips and 
fads rather than on thoughtful, quantified evaluation of businesses; and third, a start-and-stop approach to 
the market marked by untimely entries (after an advance has been long underway) and exits (after periods 
of stagnation or decline).  Investors should remember that excitement and expenses are their enemies.  And 
if they insist on trying to time their participation in equities, they should try to be fearful when others are 
greedy and greedy only when others are fearful. 

Sector Results 

As managers, Charlie and I want to give our owners the financial information and commentary we 
would  wish  to  receive  if  our  roles  were  reversed.    To  do  this  with  both  clarity  and  reasonable  brevity 
becomes  more  difficult  as  Berkshire’s  scope  widens.    Some  of  our  businesses  have  vastly  different 
economic characteristics from others, which means that our consolidated statements, with their jumble of 
figures, make useful analysis almost impossible. 

On the following pages, therefore, we will present some balance sheet and earnings figures from 
our four major categories of businesses along with commentary about each.  We particularly want you to 
understand the limited circumstances under which we will use debt, given that we typically shun it.  We 
will not, however, inundate you with data that has no real value in estimating Berkshire’s intrinsic value.  
Doing so would tend to obfuscate the facts that count. 

Regulated Utility Businesses 

We have an 80.5% (fully diluted) interest in MidAmerican Energy Holdings, which owns a wide 
variety of utility operations.  The largest of these are (1) Yorkshire Electricity and Northern Electric, whose 
3.7  million  electric  customers  make  it  the  third  largest  distributor  of  electricity  in  the  U.K.;  (2) 
MidAmerican Energy, which serves 698,000 electric customers, primarily in Iowa; and (3) Kern River and 
Northern Natural pipelines, which carry 7.9% of the natural gas consumed in the U.S. 

The remaining 19.5% of MidAmerican is owned by three partners of ours:  Dave Sokol and Greg 
Abel,  the  brilliant  managers  of  these  businesses,  and  Walter  Scott,  a  long-time  friend  of  mine  who 
introduced me to the company.  Because MidAmerican is subject to the Public Utility Holding Company 
Act (“PUHCA”), Berkshire’s voting interest is limited to 9.9%.  Voting control rests with Walter. 

Our  limited  voting  interest  forces  us  to  account  for  MidAmerican  in  an  abbreviated  manner.  
Instead of our fully incorporating the company’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into Berkshire’s 
statements,  we  make  one-line  entries  only  in  both  our  balance  sheet  and  income  account.    It’s  likely, 
though,  that  PUHCA  will  someday  –  perhaps  soon  –  be  repealed  or  that  accounting  rules  will  change.  
Berkshire’s consolidated figures would then incorporate all of MidAmerican, including the substantial debt 
it utilizes (though this debt is not now, nor will it ever be, an obligation of Berkshire). 

At yearend, $1.478 billion of MidAmerican’s junior debt was payable to Berkshire.  This debt has 
allowed  acquisitions  to  be  financed  without  our  partners  needing  to  increase  their  already  substantial 
investments in MidAmerican.  By charging 11% interest, Berkshire is compensated fairly for putting up the 
funds  needed  for  purchases,  while  our  partners  are  spared  dilution  of  their  equity  interests.    Because 
MidAmerican made no large acquisitions last year, it paid down $100 million of what it owes us. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MidAmerican also owns a significant non-utility business, HomeServices of America, the second 
largest real estate broker in the country.  Unlike our utility operations, this business is highly cyclical, but 
nevertheless  one  we  view  enthusiastically.    We  have  an  exceptional  manager,  Ron  Peltier,  who  through 
both his acquisition and operational skills is building a brokerage powerhouse. 

HomeServices  participated  in  $59.8  billion  of  transactions  in  2004,  a gain  of $11.2 billion  from 
2003.    About  24%  of  the  increase  came  from  six  acquisitions  made  during  the  year.    Through  our  17 
brokerage  firms  –  all  of  which  retain  their  local  identities  –  we  employ  more  than  18,000  brokers  in  18 
states.  HomeServices is almost certain to grow substantially in the next decade as we continue to acquire 
leading localized operations. 

Last year MidAmerican wrote off a major investment in a zinc recovery project that was initiated 
in 1998 and became operational in 2002.  Large quantities of zinc are present in the brine produced by our 
California  geothermal  operations,  and  we  believed  we  could  profitably  extract  the  metal.    For  many 
months,  it  appeared  that  commercially-viable  recoveries  were  imminent.    But  in  mining,  just  as  in  oil 
exploration, prospects have a way of “teasing” their developers, and every time one problem was solved, 
another popped up.  In September, we threw in the towel. 

Our failure here illustrates the importance of a guideline – stay with simple propositions – that we 
usually  apply  in  investments  as  well  as  operations.    If  only  one  variable  is  key  to  a  decision,  and  the 
variable has a 90% chance of going your way, the chance for a successful outcome is obviously 90%.  But 
if ten independent variables need to break favorably for a successful result, and each has a 90% probability 
of  success,  the  likelihood  of  having  a  winner  is  only  35%.    In  our  zinc  venture,  we  solved  most  of  the 
problems.  But one proved intractable, and that was one too many.  Since a chain is no stronger than its 
weakest link, it makes sense to look for – if you’ll excuse an oxymoron – mono-linked chains. 

A breakdown of MidAmerican’s results follows.  In 2004, the “other” category includes a $72.2 
million profit from sale of an Enron receivable that was thrown in when we purchased Northern Natural 
two years earlier.  Walter, Dave and I, as natives of Omaha, view this unanticipated gain as war reparations 
– partial compensation for the loss our city suffered in 1986 when Ken Lay moved Northern to Houston, 
after promising to leave the company here.  (For details, see Berkshire’s 2002 annual report.) 

Here are some key figures on MidAmerican’s operations: 

U.K. utilities .......................................................................................................  
Iowa utility .........................................................................................................  
Pipelines .............................................................................................................  
HomeServices.....................................................................................................  
Other (net) ..........................................................................................................  
Loss from zinc project ........................................................................................  
Earnings before corporate interest and taxes ......................................................  
Interest, other than to Berkshire .........................................................................  
Interest on Berkshire junior debt ........................................................................  
Income tax ..........................................................................................................  
Net earnings........................................................................................................  

Earnings applicable to Berkshire* ......................................................................  
Debt owed to others............................................................................................  
Debt owed to Berkshire ......................................................................................  

Earnings (in $ millions)

2004
$     326 
268 
288 
130 
172 
     (579) 
605 
(212) 
(170) 
       (53) 
$     170 

$     237 
10,528 
1,478 

2003
$     289 
269 
261 
113 
190 
       (46) 
1,076 
(225) 
(184) 
     (251) 
$     416 

$     429 
10,296 
1,578 

*Includes interest earned by Berkshire (net of related income taxes) of $110 in 2004 and $118 in 2003. 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance 

Since Berkshire purchased National Indemnity (“NICO”) in 1967, property-casualty insurance has 
been our core business and the propellant of our growth.  Insurance has provided a fountain of funds with 
which we’ve acquired the securities and businesses that now give us an ever-widening variety of earnings 
streams.  So in this section, I will be spending a little time telling you how we got where we are. 

The source of our insurance funds is “float,” which is money that doesn’t belong to us but that we 
temporarily hold.  Most of our float arises because (1) premiums are paid upfront though the service we 
provide – insurance protection – is delivered over a period that usually covers a year and; (2) loss events 
that occur today do not always result in our immediately paying claims, because it sometimes takes many 
years  for  losses  to  be  reported  (asbestos  losses  would  be  an  example),  negotiated  and  settled.    The  $20 
million of float that came with our 1967 purchase has now increased – both by way of internal growth and 
acquisitions – to $46.1 billion. 

Float  is  wonderful  –  if  it  doesn’t  come  at  a  high  price.    Its  cost  is  determined  by  underwriting 
results, meaning how the expenses and losses we will ultimately pay compare with the premiums we have 
received.  When an underwriting profit is achieved – as has been the case at Berkshire in about half of the 
38 years we have been in the insurance business – float is better than free.  In such years, we are actually 
paid  for  holding  other  people’s  money.    For  most  insurers,  however,  life  has  been  far  more  difficult:  In 
aggregate,  the  property-casualty  industry  almost  invariably  operates  at  an  underwriting  loss.    When  that 
loss is large, float becomes expensive, sometimes devastatingly so. 

Insurers  have  generally  earned  poor  returns  for  a  simple  reason:  They  sell  a  commodity-like 
product.  Policy forms are standard, and the product is available from many suppliers, some of whom are 
mutual companies (“owned” by policyholders rather than stockholders) with profit goals that are limited.  
Moreover,  most  insureds  don’t  care  from  whom  they  buy.    Customers  by  the  millions  say  “I  need  some 
Gillette blades” or “I’ll have a Coke” but we wait in vain for “I’d like a National Indemnity policy, please.”  
Consequently, price competition in insurance is usually fierce.  Think airline seats. 

So, you may ask, how do Berkshire’s insurance operations overcome the dismal economics of the 
industry and achieve some measure of enduring competitive advantage?  We’ve attacked that problem in 
several ways.  Let’s look first at NICO’s strategy. 

When we purchased the company – a specialist in commercial auto and general liability insurance 
– it did not appear to have any attributes that would overcome the industry’s chronic troubles.  It was not 
well-known, had no informational advantage (the company has never had an actuary), was not a low-cost 
operator,  and  sold  through  general  agents,  a  method  many  people  thought  outdated.    Nevertheless,  for 
almost all of the past 38 years, NICO has been a star performer.  Indeed, had we not made this acquisition, 
Berkshire would be lucky to be worth half of what it is today. 

What  we’ve  had  going  for  us  is  a  managerial  mindset  that  most  insurers  find  impossible  to 
replicate.    Take  a  look  at  the  facing  page.    Can  you  imagine  any  public  company  embracing  a  business 
model  that  would  lead  to  the  decline  in  revenue  that  we  experienced  from  1986  through  1999?    That 
colossal slide, it should be emphasized, did not occur because business was unobtainable.  Many billions of 
premium dollars were readily available to NICO had we only been willing to cut prices.  But we instead 
consistently priced to make a profit, not to match our most optimistic competitor.  We never left customers 
– but they left us. 

Most American businesses harbor an “institutional imperative” that rejects extended decreases in 
volume.  What CEO wants to report to his shareholders that not only did business contract last year but that 
it  will  continue  to  drop?    In  insurance,  the  urge  to  keep  writing  business  is  also  intensified  because  the 
consequences  of  foolishly-priced  policies  may  not  become  apparent  for  some  time.    If  an  insurer  is 
optimistic in its reserving, reported earnings will be overstated, and years may pass before true loss costs 
are revealed (a form of self-deception that nearly destroyed GEICO in the early 1970s). 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portrait of a Disciplined Underwriter 
National Indemnity Company 

Written Premium 
(In $ millions)

No. of 
Employees at 
Year-End

Ratio of 
Operating Expenses 
to 
Written Premium

Underwriting Profit 
(Loss) as a Per-
centage of Premiums 
(Calculated as of  
year end 2004)* 

$79.6 
59.9 
52.5 
58.2 
62.2 
160.7 
366.2 
232.3 
139.9 
98.4 
87.8 
88.3 
82.7 
86.8 
85.9 
78.0 
74.0 
65.3 
56.8 
54.5 
68.1 
161.3 
343.5 
594.5 
605.6 

372 
353 
323 
308 
342 
380 
403 
368 
347 
320 
289 
284 
277 
279 
263 
258 
243 
240 
231 
222 
230 
254 
313 
337 
340 

32.3% 
36.1% 
36.7% 
35.6% 
35.5% 
28.0% 
25.9% 
29.5% 
31.7% 
35.9% 
37.4% 
35.7% 
37.9% 
36.1% 
34.6% 
36.6% 
36.5% 
40.4% 
40.4% 
41.2% 
38.4% 
28.8% 
24.0% 
22.2% 
22.5% 

8.2% 
(.8%) 
(15.3%) 
(18.7%) 
(17.0%) 
1.9% 
30.7% 
27.3% 
24.8% 
14.8% 
7.0% 
13.0% 
5.2% 
11.3% 
4.6% 
9.2% 
6.8% 
6.2% 
9.4% 
4.5% 
2.9% 
(11.6%) 
16.8% 
18.1% 
5.1% 

Year

1980 
1981 
1982 
1983 
1984 
1985 
1986 
1987 
1988 
1989 
1990 
1991 
1992 
1993 
1994 
1995 
1996 
1997 
1998 
1999 
2000 
2001 
2002 
2003 
2004 

...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  
...........................  

*It takes a long time to learn the true profitability of any given year.  First, many claims are received after 
the end of the year, and we must estimate  how many of these there will be and what they will cost.  (In 
insurance jargon,  these  claims  are  termed  IBNR  –  incurred but  not  reported.)    Second,  claims  often  take 
years, or even decades, to settle, which means there can be many surprises along the way. 

For these reasons, the results in this column simply represent our best estimate at the end of 2004 as to how 
we  have  done  in  prior  years.    Profit  margins  for  the  years  through  1999  are  probably  close  to  correct 
because these years are “mature,” in the sense that they have few claims still outstanding.  The more recent 
the  year,  the  more  guesswork  is  involved.    In  particular,  the  results  shown  for  2003  and  2004  are  apt  to 
change significantly. 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finally,  there  is  a  fear  factor  at  work,  in  that  a  shrinking  business  usually  leads  to  layoffs.    To 
avoid  pink  slips,  employees  will  rationalize  inadequate  pricing,  telling  themselves  that  poorly-priced 
business must be tolerated in order to keep the organization intact and the distribution system happy.  If this 
course  isn’t  followed,  these  employees  will  argue,  the  company  will  not  participate  in  the  recovery  that 
they invariably feel is just around the corner. 

To  combat  employees’  natural  tendency  to  save  their  own  skins,  we  have  always  promised 
NICO’s workforce that no one will be fired because of declining volume, however severe the contraction.  
(This is not Donald Trump’s sort of place.)  NICO is not labor-intensive, and, as the table suggests, can live 
with excess overhead.  It can’t live, however, with underpriced business and the breakdown in underwriting 
discipline that accompanies it.  An insurance organization that doesn’t care deeply about underwriting at a 
profit this year is unlikely to care next year either. 

Naturally,  a  business  that  follows  a  no-layoff  policy  must  be  especially  careful  to  avoid 
overstaffing when times are good.  Thirty years ago Tom Murphy, then CEO of Cap Cities, drove this point 
home  to  me  with  a  hypothetical  tale  about  an  employee  who  asked  his  boss  for  permission  to  hire  an 
assistant.  The employee assumed that adding $20,000 to the annual payroll would be inconsequential.  But 
his boss told him the proposal should be evaluated as a $3 million decision, given that an additional person 
would probably cost at least that amount over his lifetime, factoring in raises, benefits and other expenses 
(more  people,  more  toilet  paper).    And  unless  the  company  fell  on  very  hard  times,  the  employee  added 
would be unlikely to be dismissed, however marginal his contribution to the business. 

It  takes  real  fortitude  –  embedded  deep  within  a  company’s  culture  –  to  operate  as  NICO  does.  
Anyone examining the table can scan the years from 1986 to 1999 quickly.  But living day after day with 
dwindling volume – while competitors are boasting of growth and reaping Wall Street’s applause – is an 
experience few managers can tolerate.  NICO, however, has had four CEOs since its formation in 1940 and 
none have bent.  (It should be noted that only one of the four graduated from college.  Our experience tells 
us that extraordinary business ability is largely innate.) 

The  current  managerial  star  –  make  that  superstar  –  at  NICO  is  Don  Wurster  (yes,  he’s  “the 
graduate”), who has been running things since 1989.  His slugging percentage is right up there with Barry 
Bonds’ because, like Barry, Don will accept a walk rather than swing at a bad pitch.  Don has now amassed 
$950 million of float at NICO that over time is almost certain to be proved the negative-cost kind.  Because 
insurance prices are falling, Don’s volume will soon decline very significantly and, as it does, Charlie and I 
will applaud him ever more loudly. 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

Another way to prosper in a commodity-type business is to be the low-cost operator.  Among auto 
insurers operating on a broad scale, GEICO holds that cherished title.  For NICO, as we have seen, an ebb-
and-flow  business  model  makes  sense.    But  a  company  holding  a  low-cost  advantage  must  pursue  an 
unrelenting foot-to-the-floor strategy.  And that’s just what we do at GEICO. 

A century ago, when autos first appeared, the property-casualty industry operated as a cartel.  The 
major companies, most of which were based in the Northeast, established “bureau” rates and that was it.  
No one cut prices to attract business.  Instead, insurers competed for strong, well-regarded agents, a focus 
that produced high commissions for agents and high prices for consumers. 

In 1922, State Farm was formed by George Mecherle, a farmer from Merna, Illinois, who aimed to 
take  advantage  of  the  pricing  umbrella  maintained  by  the  high-cost  giants  of  the  industry.    State  Farm 
employed a “captive” agency force, a system keeping its acquisition costs lower than those incurred by the 
bureau insurers (whose “independent” agents successfully played off one company against another).  With 
its  low-cost  structure,  State  Farm  eventually  captured  about  25%  of  the  personal  lines  (auto  and 
homeowners)  business,  far  outdistancing  its  once-mighty  competitors.    Allstate,  formed  in  1931,  put  a 
similar  distribution  system  into  place  and  soon  became  the  runner-up  in  personal  lines  to  State  Farm.  
Capitalism had worked its magic, and these low-cost operations looked unstoppable. 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
But a man named Leo Goodwin had an idea for an even more efficient auto insurer and, with a 
skimpy $200,000, started GEICO in 1936.  Goodwin’s plan was to eliminate the agent entirely and to deal 
instead  directly  with  the  auto  owner.    Why,  he  asked  himself,  should  there  be  any  unnecessary  and 
expensive links in the distribution mechanism when the product, auto insurance, was both mandatory and 
costly.    Purchasers  of  business  insurance,  he  reasoned,  might  well  require  professional  advice,  but  most 
consumers knew what they needed in an auto policy.  That was a powerful insight. 

Originally, GEICO mailed its low-cost message to a limited audience of government employees.  
Later, it widened its horizons and shifted its marketing emphasis to the phone, working inquiries that came 
from broadcast and print advertising.  And today the Internet is coming on strong. 

Between 1936 and 1975, GEICO grew from a standing start to a 4% market share, becoming the 
country’s  fourth  largest  auto  insurer.    During  most  of  this  period,  the  company  was  superbly  managed, 
achieving both excellent volume gains and high profits.  It looked unstoppable.  But after my friend and 
hero  Lorimer  Davidson  retired  as  CEO  in  1970,  his  successors  soon  made  a  huge  mistake  by  under-
reserving for losses.  This produced faulty cost information, which in turn produced inadequate pricing.  By 
1976, GEICO was on the brink of failure. 

Jack Byrne then joined GEICO as CEO and, almost single-handedly, saved the company by heroic 
efforts  that  included  major  price  increases.    Though  GEICO’s  survival  required  these,  policyholders  fled 
the company, and by 1980 its market share had fallen to 1.8%.  Subsequently, the company embarked on 
some  unwise  diversification  moves.    This  shift  of  emphasis  away  from  its  extraordinary  core  business 
stunted GEICO’s growth, and by 1993 its market share had grown only fractionally, to 1.9%.  Then Tony 
Nicely took charge. 

And  what  a  difference  that’s  made:  In  2005  GEICO  will  probably  secure  a  6%  market  share.  
Better  yet,  Tony  has  matched  growth  with  profitability.    Indeed,  GEICO  delivers  all  of  its  constituents 
major benefits: In 2004 its customers saved $1 billion or so compared to what they would otherwise have 
paid for coverage, its associates earned a $191 million profit-sharing bonus that averaged 24.3% of salary, 
and its owner – that’s us – enjoyed excellent financial returns. 

There’s  more  good  news.    When  Jack  Byrne  was  rescuing  the  company  in  1976,  New  Jersey 
refused  to  grant  him  the  rates  he  needed  to  operate  profitably.    He  therefore  promptly  –  and  properly  – 
withdrew from the state.  Subsequently, GEICO avoided both New Jersey and Massachusetts, recognizing 
them as two jurisdictions in which insurers were destined to struggle. 

In 2003, however, New Jersey took a new look at its chronic auto-insurance problems and enacted 
legislation that would curb fraud and allow insurers a fair playing field.  Even so, one might have expected 
the state’s bureaucracy to make change slow and difficult. 

But just the opposite occurred.  Holly Bakke, the New Jersey insurance commissioner, who would 
be  a  success  in  any  line  of  work,  was  determined  to  turn  the  law’s  intent  into  reality.    With  her  staff’s 
cooperation,  GEICO  ironed  out  the  details  for  re-entering  the  state  and  was  licensed  last  August.  Since 
then, we’ve received a response from New Jersey drivers that is multiples of my expectations. 

We  are  now  serving  140,000  policyholders  –  about  4%  of  the  New  Jersey  market  –  and  saving 
them substantial sums (as we do drivers everywhere).  Word-of-mouth recommendations within the state 
are  causing  inquiries  to  pour  in.    And  once  we  hear  from  a  New  Jersey  prospect,  our  closure  rate  –  the 
percentage of policies issued to inquiries received – is far higher in the state than it is nationally. 

We make no claim, of course, that we can save everyone money.  Some companies, using rating 
systems that are different from ours, will offer certain classes of drivers a lower rate than we do.  But we 
believe GEICO offers the lowest price more often than any other national company that serves all segments 
of  the  public.    In  addition,  in  most  states,  including  New  Jersey,  Berkshire  shareholders  receive  an  8% 
discount.  So gamble fifteen minutes of your time and go to GEICO.com – or call 800-847-7536 – to see 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
whether  you  can  save  big  money  (which  you  might  want  to  use,  of  course,  to  buy  other  Berkshire 
products). 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

Reinsurance  –  insurance  sold  to  other  insurers  who  wish  to  lay  off  part  of  the  risks  they  have 
assumed – should not be a commodity product.  At bottom, any insurance policy is simply a promise, and 
as everyone knows, promises vary enormously in their quality. 

At  the  primary  insurance  level,  nevertheless,  just  who  makes  the  promise  is  often  of  minor 
importance.  In personal-lines insurance, for example, states levy assessments on solvent companies to pay 
the  policyholders  of  companies  that  go  broke.    In  the  business-insurance  field,  the  same  arrangement 
applies to workers’ compensation policies.  “Protected” policies of these types account for about 60% of 
the property-casualty industry’s volume.  Prudently-run insurers are irritated by the need to subsidize poor 
or reckless management elsewhere, but that’s the way it is. 

Other forms of business insurance at the primary level involve promises that carry greater risks for 
the insured.  When Reliance Insurance and Home Insurance were run into the ground, for example, their 
promises proved to be worthless.  Consequently, many holders of their business policies (other than those 
covering workers’ compensation) suffered painful losses. 

The solvency risk in primary policies, however, pales in comparison to that lurking in reinsurance 
policies.  When a reinsurer goes broke, staggering losses almost always strike the primary companies it has 
dealt  with.    This  risk  is  far  from  minor:  GEICO  has  suffered  tens  of  millions  in  losses  from  its  careless 
selection of reinsurers in the early 1980s. 

Were a true mega-catastrophe to occur in the next decade or two – and that’s a real possibility – 
some  reinsurers  would  not  survive.    The  largest  insured  loss  to  date  is  the  World  Trade  Center  disaster, 
which cost the insurance industry an estimated $35 billion.  Hurricane Andrew cost insurers about $15.5 
billion in 1992 (though that loss would be far higher in today’s dollars).  Both events rocked the insurance 
and reinsurance world.  But a $100 billion event, or even a larger catastrophe, remains a possibility if either 
a particularly severe earthquake or hurricane hits just the wrong place.  Four significant hurricanes struck 
Florida during 2004, causing an aggregate of $25 billion or so in insured losses.  Two of these – Charley 
and Ivan – could have done at least three times the damage they did had they entered the U.S. not far from 
their actual landing points. 

Many insurers regard a $100 billion industry loss as “unthinkable” and won’t even plan for it.  But 
at Berkshire, we are fully prepared.  Our share of the loss would probably be 3% to 5%, and earnings from 
our investments and other businesses would comfortably exceed that cost.  When “the day after” arrives, 
Berkshire’s checks will clear. 

Though  the  hurricanes  hit  us  with  a  $1.25  billion  loss,  our  reinsurance  operations  did  well  last 
year.  At General Re, Joe Brandon has restored a long-admired culture of underwriting discipline that, for a 
time, had lost its way.  The excellent results he realized in 2004 on current business, however, were offset 
by adverse developments from the years before he took the helm.  At NICO’s reinsurance operation, Ajit 
Jain  continues  to  successfully  underwrite  huge  risks  that  no  other  reinsurer  is  willing  or  able  to  accept.  
Ajit’s value to Berkshire is enormous. 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

Our  insurance  managers,  maximizing  the  competitive  strengths  I’ve  mentioned  in  this  section, 
again  delivered  first-class  underwriting  results  last  year.    As  a  consequence,  our  float  was  better  than 
costless.  Here’s the scorecard: 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance Operations 
General Re ....................... 
B-H Reinsurance .............. 
GEICO ............................. 
Other Primary*................. 
Total ................................. 

Underwriting Profit 
2004 
$       3 
417 
970 
     161 
$1,551 

(in $ millions) 

Yearend Float 

2004 
$23,120 
15,278 
5,960 
    1,736 
$46,094 

2003 
$23,654 
13,948 
5,287 
    1,331 
$44,220 

*Includes, in addition to National Indemnity, a variety of other exceptional insurance businesses, 
run by Rod Eldred, John Kizer, Tom Nerney and Don Towle. 

Berkshire’s  float  increased  $1.9  billion  in  2004,  even  though  a  few  insureds  opted  to  commute 
(that is, unwind) certain reinsurance contracts.  We agree to such commutations only when we believe the 
economics are favorable to us (after giving due weight to what we might earn in the future on the money 
we are returning). 

To summarize, last year we were paid more than $1.5 billion to hold an average of about $45.2 
billion.  In 2005 pricing will be less attractive than it has been.  Nevertheless, absent a mega-catastrophe, 
we have a decent chance of achieving no-cost float again this year. 

Finance and Finance Products 

Last  year  in  this  section  we  discussed  a  potpourri  of  activities.    In  this  report,  we’ll  skip  over 
several  that  are  now of  lesser  importance:    Berkadia  is  down  to  tag  ends;  Value  Capital  has  added other 
investors,  negating  our  expectation  that  we  would  need  to  consolidate  its  financials  into  ours;  and  the 
trading operation that I run continues to shrink. 

•  Both of Berkshire’s leasing operations rebounded last year.  At CORT (office furniture), earnings 
remain  inadequate,  but  are  trending  upward.    XTRA  disposed  of  its  container  and  intermodal 
businesses  in  order  to  concentrate  on  trailer  leasing,  long  its  strong  suit.    Overhead  has  been 
reduced,  asset  utilization  is  up  and  decent  profits  are  now  being  achieved  under  Bill  Franz,  the 
company’s new CEO. 

•  The wind-down of Gen Re Securities continues.  We decided to exit this derivative operation three 
years ago, but getting out is easier said than done.  Though derivative instruments are purported to 
be highly liquid – and though we have had the benefit of a benign market while liquidating ours – 
we  still  had  2,890  contracts  outstanding  at  yearend,  down  from  23,218  at  the  peak.    Like  Hell, 
derivative trading is easy to enter but difficult to leave.  (Other similarities come to mind as well.) 

Gen Re’s derivative contracts have always been required to be marked to market, and I believe the 
company’s  management  conscientiously  tried  to  make  realistic  “marks.”    The  market  prices  of 
derivatives,  however,  can  be  very  fuzzy  in  a  world  in  which  settlement  of  a  transaction  is 
sometimes decades away and often involves multiple variables as well.  In the interim the marks 
influence  the  managerial  and  trading  bonuses  that  are  paid  annually.    It’s  small  wonder  that 
phantom profits are often recorded. 

Investors  should  understand  that  in  all  types  of  financial  institutions,  rapid  growth  sometimes 
masks major underlying problems (and occasionally fraud).  The real test of the earning power of 
a derivatives operation is what it achieves after operating for an extended period in a no-growth 
mode.  You only learn who has been swimming naked when the tide goes out. 

•  After 40 years, we’ve finally generated a little synergy at Berkshire: Clayton Homes is doing well 
and  that’s  in  part  due  to  its  association  with  Berkshire.    The  manufactured  home  industry 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
continues to reside in the intensive care unit of Corporate America, having sold less than 135,000 
new  homes  last  year,  about  the  same  as  in  2003.    Volume  in  these  years  was  the  lowest  since 
1962,  and  it  was  also  only  about  40%  of  annual  sales  during  the  years  1995-99.    That  era, 
characterized by irresponsible financing and naïve funders, was a fool’s paradise for the industry.  

Because  one  major  lender  after  another  has  fled  the  field,  financing  continues  to  bedevil 
manufacturers,  retailers  and  purchasers  of  manufactured  homes.    Here  Berkshire’s  support  has 
proven  valuable  to  Clayton.    We  stand  ready  to  fund  whatever  makes  sense,  and  last  year 
Clayton’s management found much that qualified. 

As we explained in our 2003 report, we believe in using borrowed money to support profitable, 
interest-bearing receivables.  At the beginning of last year, we had borrowed $2 billion to relend to 
Clayton (at a one percentage-point markup) and by January 2005 the total was $7.35 billion.  Most 
of the dollars added were borrowed by us on January 4, 2005, to finance a seasoned portfolio that 
Clayton purchased on December 30, 2004 from a bank exiting the business. 

We now have two additional portfolio purchases in the works, totaling about $1.6 billion, but it’s 
quite unlikely that we will secure others of any significance.  Therefore, Clayton’s receivables (in 
which  originations  will  roughly  offset  payoffs)  will  probably  hover  around  $9  billion  for  some 
time and should deliver steady earnings.  This pattern will be far different from that of the past, in 
which Clayton, like all major players in its industry, “securitized” its receivables, causing earnings 
to be front-ended.  In the last two years, the securitization market has dried up.  The limited funds 
available  today  come  only  at  higher  cost  and  with  harsh  terms.    Had  Clayton  remained 
independent in this period, it would have had mediocre earnings as it struggled with financing. 

In April, Clayton completed the acquisition of Oakwood Homes and is now the industry’s largest 
producer and retailer of manufactured homes.  We love putting more assets in the hands of Kevin 
Clayton, the company’s CEO.  He is a prototype Berkshire manager.  Today, Clayton has 11,837 
employees, up from 7,136 when we purchased it, and Charlie and I are pleased that Berkshire has 
been useful in facilitating this growth. 

For simplicity’s sake, we include all of Clayton’s earnings in this sector, though a sizable portion 
of these are derived from areas other than consumer finance. 

(in $ millions) 

Pre-Tax Earnings 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities 

2004 
$   264 
(44) 
(57) 
30 
1 
92 
220 
       78 
584 
  1,750 
$2,334 

2003 
$   355 
   (99) 
85 
31 
101 
34 
37** 

       75 
619 
  1,215 
$1,834 

2004 
$5,751 
5,437* 
2,467 
N/A 
— 
391 
3,636 
N/A 

2003 
$7,826 
8,041* 
2,331 
N/A 
525 
482 
2,032 
N/A 

Trading  – ordinary income ............................  
Gen Re Securities ...........................................  
Life and annuity operation..............................  
Value Capital..................................................  
Berkadia .........................................................  
Leasing operations..........................................  
Manufactured housing finance (Clayton) .......  
Other...............................................................  
Income before capital gains............................  
Trading – capital gains ...................................  
Total ...............................................................  

* 
** 

Includes all liabilities 
From date of acquisition, August 7, 2003 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing, Service and Retailing Operations 

Our activities in this category cover the waterfront.  But let’s look at a summary balance sheet and 

earnings statement consolidating the entire group. 

Balance Sheet 12/31/04 (in $ millions) 

Assets 
Cash and equivalents .................................  
Accounts and notes receivable ..................  
Inventory ...................................................  
Other current assets ...................................  
Total current assets ....................................  

Goodwill and other intangibles..................  
Fixed assets................................................  
Other assets................................................  

Liabilities and Equity 
$     899  Notes payable ...............................  
3,074  Other current liabilities.................  
3,842  Total current liabilities .................  

$  1,143 
    4,685 
5,828 

       254 
8,069 

8,362  Deferred taxes...............................  
6,161  Term debt and other liabilities......  
    1,044  Equity ...........................................  
$23,636 

248 
1,965 
  15,595 
$23,636 

Earnings Statement (in $ millions) 

2004 

2003 

Revenues .................................................................................................................   $44,142  $32,106 
Operating expenses (including depreciation of $676 in 2004 

29,885 
and $605 in 2003).............................................................................................  
         64 
Interest expense (net)...............................................................................................  
2,157 
Pre-tax earnings.......................................................................................................  
       813 
Income taxes............................................................................................................  
Net income ..............................................................................................................   $  1,540  $  1,344 

41,604 
        57 
2,481 
       941 

This eclectic group, which sells products ranging from Dilly Bars to fractional interests in Boeing 
737s, earned a very respectable 21.7% on average tangible net worth last year, compared to 20.7% in 2003.  
It’s noteworthy that these operations used only minor financial leverage in achieving these returns.  Clearly, 
we own some very good businesses.  We purchased many of them, however, at substantial premiums to net 
worth – a matter that is reflected in the goodwill item shown on the balance sheet – and that fact reduces 
the earnings on our average carrying value to 9.9%. 

Here are the pre-tax earnings for the larger categories or units. 

Building Products ....................................................................................................  
Shaw Industries .......................................................................................................  
Apparel & Footwear ................................................................................................  
Retailing of Jewelry, Home Furnishings and Candy ...............................................  
Flight Services.........................................................................................................  
McLane....................................................................................................................  
Other businesses ......................................................................................................  

* From date of acquisition, May 23, 2003. 

Pre-Tax Earnings 
(in $ millions) 
2004 
$   643 
466 
325 
215 
191 
228 
     413 
$2,481 

2003 
$   559 
436 
289 
224 
72 
150* 

     427 
$2,157 

• 

In the building-products sector and at Shaw, we’ve experienced staggering cost increases for both raw-
materials  and  energy.    By  December,  for  example,  steel  costs  at  MiTek  (whose  primary  business  is 
connectors  for  roof  trusses)  were  running  100%  over  a  year  earlier.    And  MiTek  uses  665  million 
pounds  of  steel  every  year.    Nevertheless,  the  company  continues  to  be  an  outstanding  performer.  

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Since  we  purchased  MiTek  in  2001,  Gene  Toombs,  its  CEO,  has  made  some  brilliant  “bolt-on” 
acquisitions and is on his way to creating a mini-Berkshire. 

Shaw fielded a barrage of price increases in its main fiber materials during the year, a hit that added 
more  than  $300  million  to  its  costs.    (When  you  walk  on  carpet  you  are,  in  effect,  stepping  on 
processed oil.)  Though we followed these hikes in costs with price increases of our own, there was an 
inevitable lag.  Therefore, margins narrowed as the year progressed and remain under pressure today.  
Despite  these roadblocks,  Shaw,  led  by  Bob  Shaw  and  Julian  Saul,  earned  an  outstanding  25.6%  on 
tangible equity in 2004.   The company is a powerhouse and has a bright future. 

• 

In  apparel,  Fruit  of  the  Loom  increased  unit  sales  by  10  million  dozen,  or  14%,  with  shipments  of 
intimate apparel for women and girls growing by 31%.  Charlie, who is far more knowledgeable than I 
am on this subject, assures me that women are not wearing more underwear.  With this expert input, I 
can only conclude that our market share in the women’s category must be growing rapidly.  Thanks to 
John Holland, Fruit is on the move. 

A  smaller  operation,  Garan,  also  had  an  excellent  year.    Led  by  Seymour  Lichtenstein  and  Jerry 
Kamiel, this company manufactures the popular Garanimals line for children.  Next time you are in a 
Wal-Mart, check out this imaginative product. 

•  Among  our  retailers,  Ben  Bridge  (jewelry)  and  R.  C.  Willey  (home  furnishings)  were  particular 

standouts last year. 

At  Ben  Bridge  same-store  sales  grew  11.4%,  the  best  gain  among  the  publicly-held  jewelers  whose 
reports I have seen.  Additionally, the company’s profit margin widened.  Last year was not a fluke: 
During the past decade, the same-store sales gains of the company have averaged 8.8%. 

Ed and Jon Bridge are fourth-generation managers and run the business exactly as if it were their own 
– which it is in every respect except for Berkshire’s name on the stock certificates.  The Bridges have 
expanded successfully by securing the right locations and, more importantly, by staffing these stores 
with enthusiastic and knowledgeable associates.  We will move into Minneapolis-St. Paul this year. 

At Utah-based R. C. Willey, the gains from expansion have been even more dramatic, with 41.9% of 
2004 sales coming from out-of-state stores that didn’t exist before 1999.  The company also improved 
its profit margin in 2004, propelled by its two new stores in Las Vegas. 

I would like to tell you that these stores were my idea.  In truth, I thought they were mistakes.  I knew, 
of course, how brilliantly Bill Child had run the R. C. Willey operation in Utah, where its market share 
had long been huge.  But I felt our closed-on-Sunday policy would prove disastrous away from home.  
Even  our first out-of-state  store  in  Boise,  which was highly  successful,  left  me  unconvinced.   I kept 
asking  whether  Las  Vegas  residents,  conditioned  to  seven-day-a-week  retailers,  would  adjust  to  us. 
Our  first  Las  Vegas  store,  opened  in  2001,  answered  this  question  in  a  resounding  manner, 
immediately becoming our number one unit. 

Bill and Scott Hymas, his successor as CEO, then proposed a second Las Vegas store, only about 20 
minutes away.  I felt this expansion would cannibalize the first unit, adding significant costs but only 
modest sales.  The result? Each store is now doing about 26% more volume than any other store in the 
chain and is consistently showing large year-over-year gains. 

R. C. Willey will soon open in Reno.  Before making this commitment, Bill and Scott again asked for 
my advice.  Initially, I was pretty puffed up about the fact that they were consulting me.  But then it 
dawned on me that the opinion of someone who is always wrong has its own special utility to decision-
makers. 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Earnings improved in flight services.  At FlightSafety, the world’s leader in pilot training, profits rose 
as  corporate  aviation  rebounded  and  our  business  with  regional  airlines  increased.    We  now  operate 
283 simulators with an original cost of $1.2 billion.  Pilots are trained one at a time on this expensive 
equipment.  This means that as much as $3.50 of capital investment is required to produce $1 of annual 
revenue.  With this level of capital intensity, FlightSafety requires very high operating margins in order 
to obtain reasonable returns on capital, which means that utilization rates are all-important.  Last year, 
FlightSafety’s return on tangible equity improved to 15.1% from 8.4% in 2003. 

In another 2004 event, Al Ueltschi, who founded FlightSafety in 1951 with $10,000, turned over the 
CEO position to Bruce Whitman, a 43-year veteran at the company.  (But Al’s not going anywhere; I 
won’t let him.)  Bruce shares Al’s conviction that flying an aircraft is a privilege to be extended only to 
people  who  regularly  receive  the  highest  quality  of  training  and  are  undeniably  competent.    A  few 
years ago, Charlie was asked to intervene with Al on behalf of a tycoon friend whom FlightSafety had 
flunked.  Al’s reply to Charlie: “Tell your pal he belongs in the back of the plane, not the cockpit.” 

FlightSafety’s number one customer is NetJets, our aircraft fractional-ownership subsidiary.  Its 2,100 
pilots spend an average of 18 days a year in training.  Additionally, these pilots fly only one aircraft 
type  whereas  many  flight  operations  juggle  pilots  among  several  types.    NetJets’  high  standards  on 
both fronts are two of the reasons I signed up with the company years before Berkshire bought it. 

Fully  as  important  in  my  decisions  to  both  use  and  buy  NetJets,  however,  was  the  fact  that  the 
company was managed by Rich Santulli, the creator of the fractional-ownership industry and a fanatic 
about safety and service.  I viewed the selection of a flight provider as akin to picking a brain surgeon: 
you simply want the best.  (Let someone else experiment with the low bidder.) 

Last year NetJets again gained about 70% of the net new business (measured by dollar value) going to 
the four companies that dominate the industry.  A portion of our growth came from the 25-hour card 
offered  by  Marquis  Jet  Partners.    Marquis  is  not  owned  by  NetJets,  but  is  instead  a  customer  that 
repackages the purchases it makes from us into smaller packages that it sells through its card.  Marquis 
deals exclusively with NetJets, utilizing the power of our reputation in its marketing. 

Our  U.S.  contracts,  including  Marquis  customers,  grew  from  3,877  to  4,967  in  2004  (versus 
approximately 1,200 contracts when Berkshire bought NetJets in 1998).  Some clients (including me) 
enter into multiple contracts because they wish to use more than one type of aircraft, selecting for any 
given trip whichever type best fits the mission at hand. 

NetJets earned a modest amount in the U.S. last year.  But what we earned domestically was largely 
offset  by  losses  in  Europe.    We  are  now,  however,  generating  real  momentum  abroad.    Contracts 
(including  25-hour  cards  that  we  ourselves  market  in  Europe)  increased  from  364  to  693  during  the 
year.  We will again have a very significant European loss in 2005, but domestic earnings will likely 
put us in the black overall. 

Europe has been expensive for NetJets – far more expensive than I anticipated – but it is essential to 
building  a  flight  operation  that  will  forever  be  in  a  class  by  itself.    Our  U.S.  owners  already  want  a 
quality  service  wherever  they  travel  and  their  wish  for  flight  hours  abroad  is  certain  to  grow 
dramatically in the decades ahead.  Last year, U.S. owners made 2,003 flights in Europe, up 22% from 
the previous year and 137% from 2000.  Just as important, our European owners made 1,067 flights in 
the U.S., up 65% from 2003 and 239% from 2000. 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments 

We show below our common stock investments.  Those that had a market value of more than $600 

million at the end of 2004 are itemized. 

Shares 

Company 

Percentage of 
Company Owned 

12/31/04 

Cost* 

Market 

(in $  millions) 

151,610,700  American Express Company ...................
The Coca-Cola Company ........................
200,000,000 
96,000,000 
The Gillette Company .............................
14,350,600  H&R Block, Inc.......................................
6,708,760  M&T Bank Corporation ..........................
24,000,000  Moody’s Corporation ..............................
PetroChina “H” shares (or equivalents)...
2,338,961,000 
The Washington Post Company ..............
1,727,765 
56,448,380  Wells Fargo & Company.........................
1,724,200  White Mountains Insurance.....................
Others ......................................................
Total Common Stocks .............................

12.1 
8.3 
9.7 
8.7 
5.8 
16.2 
1.3 
18.1 
3.3 
16.0 

$1,470 
1,299 
600 
223 
103 
499 
488 
11 
463 
369 
  3,531 
$9,056 

$  8,546 
8,328 
4,299 
703 
723 
2,084 
1,249 
1,698 
3,508 
1,114 
    5,465 
$37,717 

*This  is  our  actual  purchase  price  and  also  our  tax  basis;  GAAP  “cost”  differs  in  a  few  cases 
because of write-ups or write-downs that have been required. 

Some people may look at this table and view it as a list of stocks to be bought and sold based upon 
chart patterns, brokers’ opinions, or estimates of near-term earnings.  Charlie and I ignore such distractions 
and  instead  view  our  holdings  as  fractional  ownerships  in  businesses.    This  is  an  important  distinction.  
Indeed, this thinking has been the cornerstone of my investment behavior since I was 19.  At that time I 
read  Ben  Graham’s  The  Intelligent  Investor,  and  the  scales  fell  from  my  eyes.    (Previously,  I  had  been 
entranced by the stock market, but didn’t have a clue about how to invest.) 

Let’s look at how the businesses of our “Big Four” – American Express, Coca-Cola, Gillette and 
Wells Fargo – have fared since we bought into these companies.  As the table shows, we invested $3.83 
billion in the four, by way of multiple transactions between May 1988 and October 2003.  On a composite 
basis,  our  dollar-weighted  purchase  date  is  July  1992.    By  yearend  2004,  therefore,  we  had  held  these 
“business interests,” on a weighted basis, about 12½ years. 

In 2004, Berkshire’s share of the group’s earnings amounted to $1.2 billion.  These earnings might 
legitimately  be  considered  “normal.”    True,  they  were  swelled  because Gillette  and  Wells  Fargo omitted 
option costs in their presentation of earnings; but on the other hand they were reduced because Coke had a 
non-recurring write-off. 

Our share of the earnings of these four companies has grown almost every year, and now amounts 
to  about  31.3%  of  our  cost.    Their  cash  distributions  to  us  have  also  grown  consistently,  totaling  $434 
million in 2004, or about 11.3% of cost.  All in all, the Big Four have delivered us a satisfactory, though far 
from spectacular, business result. 

That’s true as well of our experience in the market with the group.  Since our original purchases, 
valuation gains have somewhat exceeded earnings growth because price/earnings ratios have increased.  On 
a year-to-year basis, however, the business and market performances have often diverged, sometimes to an 
extraordinary degree.  During The Great Bubble, market-value gains far outstripped the performance of the 
businesses.  In the aftermath of the Bubble, the reverse was true. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clearly, Berkshire’s results would have been far better if I had caught this swing of the pendulum.  
That  may  seem  easy  to  do  when  one  looks  through  an  always-clean,  rear-view  mirror.    Unfortunately, 
however, it’s the windshield through which investors must peer, and that glass is invariably fogged.  Our 
huge positions add to the difficulty of our nimbly dancing in and out of holdings as valuations swing. 

Nevertheless, I can properly be criticized for merely clucking about nose-bleed valuations during 
the Bubble rather than acting on my views.  Though I said at the time that certain of the stocks we held 
were priced ahead of themselves, I underestimated just how severe the overvaluation was.  I talked when I 
should have walked. 

What Charlie and I would like is a little action now.  We don’t enjoy sitting on $43 billion of cash 
equivalents  that  are  earning  paltry  returns.    Instead,  we  yearn  to  buy  more  fractional  interests  similar  to 
those we now own or – better still – more large businesses outright.  We will do either, however, only when 
purchases can be made at prices that offer us the prospect of a reasonable return on our investment. 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

We’ve  repeatedly  emphasized  that  the  “realized”  gains  that  we  report  quarterly  or  annually  are 
meaningless for analytical purposes.  We have a huge amount of unrealized gains on our books, and our 
thinking about when, and if, to cash them depends not at all on a desire to report earnings at one specific 
time or another.  A further complication in our reported gains occurs because GAAP requires that foreign 
exchange  contracts  be  marked  to  market,  a  stipulation  that  causes  unrealized  gains  or  losses  in  these 
holdings to flow through our published earnings as if we had sold our positions.   

Despite the problems enumerated, you may be interested in a breakdown of the gains we reported 
in  2003  and  2004.    The  data  reflect  actual  sales  except  in  the  case  of  currency  gains,  which  are  a 
combination of sales and marks to market. 

Category 

Common Stocks ............................. 
U.S. Government Bonds................. 
Junk Bonds ..................................... 
Foreign Exchange Contracts........... 
Other............................................... 
Total ............................................... 

Pre-Tax Gain (in $ millions) 
2003 
2004 
$   448 
$   870 
1,485 
104 
1,138 
730 
825 
1,839 
   233 
     (47) 
$3,496 
$4,129 

The  junk  bond  profits  include  a  foreign  exchange  component.    When  we  bought  these  bonds  in 
2001 and 2002, we focused first, of course, on the credit quality of the issuers, all of which were American 
corporations.    Some  of  these  companies,  however,  had  issued  bonds  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  
Because of our views on the dollar, we favored these for purchase when they were available. 

As an example, we bought €254 million of Level 3 bonds (10 ¾% of 2008) in 2001 at 51.7% of 
par, and sold these at 85% of par in December 2004.  This issue was traded in Euros that cost us 88¢ at the 
time of purchase but that brought $1.29 when we sold.  Thus, of our $163 million overall gain, about $85 
million  came  from  the  market’s  revised  opinion  about  Level  3’s  credit  quality,  with  the  remaining  $78 
million  resulting  from  the  appreciation  of  the  Euro.    (In  addition,  we  received  cash  interest  during  our 
holding period that amounted to about 25% annually on our dollar cost.) 

The  media  continue  to  report  that  “Buffett  buys”  this  or  that  stock.    Statements  like  these  are 
almost  always  based  on  filings  Berkshire  makes  with  the  SEC  and  are  therefore  wrong.    As  I’ve  said 
before, the stories should say “Berkshire buys.” 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portrait of a Disciplined Investor 
Lou Simpson 

Year 
1980 
1981 
1982 
1983 
1984 
1985 
1986 
1987 
1988 
1989 
1990 
1991 
1992 
1993 
1994 
1995 
1996 
1997 
1998 
1999 
2000 
2001 
2002 
2003 
2004 

................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  
................................................  

Return from 
GEICO Equities 
23.7% 
5.4% 
45.8% 
36.0% 
21.8% 
45.8% 
38.7% 
(10.0%) 
30.0% 
36.1% 
(9.9%) 
56.5% 
10.8% 
4.6% 
13.4% 
39.8% 
29.2% 
24.6% 
18.6% 
7.2% 
20.9% 
5.2% 
(8.1%) 
38.3% 
16.9% 

  S&P Return 
32.3% 
(5.0%) 
21.4% 
22.4% 
6.1% 
31.6% 
18.6% 
5.1% 
16.6% 
31.7% 
(3.1%) 
30.5% 
7.6% 
10.1% 
1.3% 
37.6% 
23.0% 
33.4% 
28.6% 
21.0% 
(9.1%) 
(11.9%) 
(22.1%) 
28.7% 
10.9% 

  Relative Results 
(8.6%) 
10.4% 
24.4% 
13.6% 
15.7% 
14.2% 
20.1% 
(15.1%) 
13.4% 
4.4% 
(6.8%) 
26.0% 
3.2% 
(5.5%) 
12.1% 
2.2% 
6.2% 
(8.8%) 
(10.0%) 
(13.8%) 
30.0% 
17.1% 
14.0% 
9.6% 
6.0% 

Average Annual Gain 1980-2004 

20.3% 

13.5% 

6.8% 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Even then, it is typically not I who make the buying decisions.  Lou Simpson manages about $2½ 
billion  of  equities  that  are  held  by  GEICO,  and  it  is  his  transactions  that  Berkshire  is  usually  reporting.  
Customarily his purchases are in the $200-$300 million range and are in companies that are smaller than 
the  ones  I  focus  on.    Take  a  look  at  the  facing  page  to  see  why  Lou  is  a  cinch  to  be  inducted  into  the 
investment Hall of Fame. 

You may be surprised to learn that Lou does not necessarily inform me about what he is doing.  
When Charlie and I assign responsibility, we truly hand over the baton – and we give it to Lou just as we 
do to our operating managers.  Therefore, I typically learn of Lou’s transactions about ten days after the 
end of each month.  Sometimes, it should be added, I silently disagree with his decisions.  But he’s usually right. 

Foreign Currencies 

Berkshire owned about $21.4 billion of foreign exchange contracts at yearend, spread among 12 
currencies.    As  I  mentioned  last  year,  holdings  of  this  kind  are  a  decided  change  for  us.    Before  March 
2002, neither Berkshire nor I had ever traded in currencies.  But the evidence grows that our trade policies 
will  put  unremitting  pressure  on  the  dollar  for  many  years  to  come  –  so  since  2002  we’ve  heeded  that 
warning in setting our investment course.  (As W.C. Fields once said when asked for a handout: “Sorry, 
son, all my money’s tied up in currency.”) 

Be clear on one point: In no way does our thinking about currencies rest on doubts about America.  
We live in an extraordinarily rich country, the product of a system that values market economics, the rule 
of  law  and  equality  of  opportunity.    Our  economy  is  far  and  away  the  strongest  in  the  world  and  will 
continue to be.  We are lucky to live here. 

But as I argued in a November 10, 2003 article in Fortune, (available at berkshirehathaway.com), 
our  country’s  trade  practices  are  weighing  down  the  dollar.    The  decline  in  its  value  has  already  been 
substantial,  but  is  nevertheless  likely  to  continue.    Without  policy  changes,  currency  markets  could  even 
become disorderly and generate spillover effects, both political and financial.  No one knows whether these 
problems will materialize.  But such a scenario is a far-from-remote possibility that policymakers should be 
considering now.  Their bent, however, is to lean toward not-so-benign neglect: A 318-page Congressional 
study  of  the  consequences  of  unremitting  trade  deficits  was  published  in  November  2000  and  has  been 
gathering dust ever since.  The study was ordered after the deficit hit a then-alarming $263 billion in 1999; 
by last year it had risen to $618 billion. 

Charlie and I, it should be emphasized, believe that true trade – that is, the exchange of goods and 
services  with  other  countries  –  is  enormously  beneficial  for  both  us  and  them.    Last  year  we  had  $1.15 
trillion  of  such  honest-to-God  trade  and  the  more  of  this,  the  better.    But,  as  noted,  our  country  also 
purchased  an  additional  $618  billion  in  goods  and  services  from  the  rest  of  the  world  that  was 
unreciprocated.  That is a staggering figure and one that has important consequences.  

The balancing item to this one-way pseudo-trade — in economics there is always an offset — is a 
transfer of wealth from the U.S. to the rest of the world.  The transfer may materialize in the form of IOUs 
our private or governmental institutions give to foreigners, or by way of their assuming ownership of our 
assets, such as stocks and real estate.  In either case, Americans end up owning a reduced portion of our 
country while non-Americans own a greater part.  This force-feeding of American wealth to the rest of the 
world is now proceeding at the rate of $1.8 billion daily, an increase of 20% since I wrote you last year.  
Consequently, other countries and their citizens now own a net of about $3 trillion of the U.S.  A decade 
ago their net ownership was negligible. 

The  mention  of  trillions  numbs  most  brains.    A  further  source  of  confusion  is  that  the  current 
account deficit (the sum of three items, the most important by far being the trade deficit) and our national 
budget  deficit  are  often  lumped  as  “twins.”    They  are  anything  but.    They  have  different  causes  and 
different consequences. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A budget deficit in no way reduces the portion of the national pie that goes to Americans.  As long 
as  other  countries  and  their  citizens  have  no  net  ownership  of  the  U.S.,  100%  of  our  country’s  output 
belongs to our citizens under any budget scenario, even one involving a huge deficit. 

As  a  rich  “family”  awash  in  goods,  Americans  will  argue  through  their  legislators  as  to  how 
government should redistribute the national output – that is who pays taxes and who receives governmental 
benefits.    If  “entitlement”  promises  from  an  earlier  day  have  to  be  reexamined,  “family  members”  will 
angrily debate among themselves as to who feels the pain.  Maybe taxes will go up; maybe promises will 
be modified; maybe more internal debt will be issued.  But when the fight is finished, all of the family’s 
huge pie remains available for its members, however it is divided.  No slice must be sent abroad. 

Large and persisting current account deficits produce an entirely different result.  As time passes, 
and as claims against us grow, we own less and less of what we produce.  In effect, the rest of the world 
enjoys  an  ever-growing  royalty  on  American  output.    Here,  we  are  like  a  family  that  consistently 
overspends its income.  As time passes, the family finds that it is working more and more for the “finance 
company” and less for itself. 

Should  we  continue  to  run  current  account  deficits  comparable  to  those  now  prevailing,  the  net 
ownership of the U.S. by other countries and their citizens a decade from now will amount to roughly $11 
trillion.  And, if foreign investors were to earn only 5% on that net holding, we would need to send a net of 
$.55 trillion of goods and services abroad every year merely to service the U.S. investments then held by 
foreigners.    At  that  date,  a  decade  out,  our  GDP  would  probably  total  about  $18  trillion  (assuming  low 
inflation, which is far from a sure thing).  Therefore, our U.S. “family” would then be delivering 3% of its 
annual output to the rest of the world simply as tribute for the overindulgences of the past.  In this case, 
unlike that involving budget deficits, the sons would truly pay for the sins of their fathers. 

This  annual  royalty  paid  the  world  –  which  would  not  disappear  unless  the  U.S.  massively 
underconsumed  and  began  to  run  consistent  and  large  trade  surpluses  –  would  undoubtedly  produce 
significant political unrest in the U.S.  Americans would still be living very well, indeed better than now 
because of the growth in our economy.  But they would chafe at the idea of perpetually paying tribute to 
their creditors and owners abroad.  A country that is now aspiring to an “Ownership Society” will not find 
happiness in – and I’ll use hyperbole here for emphasis – a “Sharecropper’s Society.”  But that’s precisely 
where our trade policies, supported by Republicans and Democrats alike, are taking us. 

Many  prominent  U.S.  financial  figures,  both  in  and  out  of  government,  have  stated  that  our 
current-account  deficits  cannot  persist.    For  instance,  the  minutes  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Open  Market 
Committee of June 29-30, 2004 say: “The staff noted that outsized external deficits could not be sustained 
indefinitely.”  But, despite the constant handwringing by luminaries, they offer no substantive suggestions 
to tame the burgeoning imbalance. 

In the article I wrote for Fortune 16 months ago, I warned that “a gently declining dollar would 
not  provide  the  answer.”    And  so  far  it  hasn’t.    Yet  policymakers  continue  to  hope  for  a  “soft  landing,” 
meanwhile counseling other countries to stimulate (read “inflate”) their economies and Americans to save 
more.  In my view these admonitions miss the mark:  There are deep-rooted structural problems that will 
cause  America  to  continue  to  run  a  huge  current-account  deficit  unless  trade  policies  either  change 
materially or the dollar declines by a degree that could prove unsettling to financial markets. 

Proponents  of  the  trade  status  quo  are  fond  of  quoting  Adam  Smith:  “What  is  prudence  in  the 
conduct of every family can scarce be folly in that of a great kingdom.  If a foreign country can supply us 
with  a  commodity  cheaper  than  we  ourselves  can  make  it,  better  buy  it  of  them  with  some  part  of  the 
produce of our own industry, employed in a way in which we have some advantage.” 

I agree.  Note, however, that Mr. Smith’s statement refers to trade of product for product, not of 
wealth for product as our country is doing to the tune of $.6 trillion annually.  Moreover, I am sure that he 
would never have suggested that “prudence” consisted of his “family” selling off part of its farm every day 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in order to finance its overconsumption.  Yet that is just what the “great kingdom” called the United States 
is doing. 

If  the  U.S.  was  running  a  $.6  trillion  current-account  surplus,  commentators  worldwide  would 
violently  condemn  our  policy,  viewing  it  as  an  extreme  form  of  “mercantilism”  –  a  long-discredited 
economic  strategy  under  which  countries  fostered  exports,  discouraged  imports,  and  piled  up  treasure.    I 
would  condemn  such  a  policy  as  well.    But,  in  effect  if  not  in  intent,  the  rest  of  the  world  is  practicing 
mercantilism in respect to the U.S., an act made possible by our vast store of assets and our pristine credit 
history.    Indeed,  the  world  would  never  let  any  other  country  use  a  credit  card  denominated  in  its  own 
currency  to  the  insatiable  extent  we  are  employing  ours.    Presently,  most  foreign  investors  are  sanguine: 
they may view us as spending junkies, but they know we are rich junkies as well. 

Our spendthrift behavior won’t, however, be tolerated indefinitely.  And though it’s impossible to 
forecast  just  when  and  how  the  trade  problem  will  be  resolved,  it’s  improbable  that  the  resolution  will 
foster an increase in the value of our currency relative to that of our trading partners.   

We  hope  the  U.S.  adopts  policies  that  will  quickly  and  substantially  reduce  the  current-account 
deficit.    True,  a  prompt  solution  would  likely  cause  Berkshire  to  record  losses  on  its  foreign-exchange 
contracts.  But Berkshire’s resources remain heavily concentrated in dollar-based assets, and both a strong 
dollar and a low-inflation environment are very much in our interest.   

If  you  wish  to  keep  abreast  of  trade  and  currency  matters,  read  The  Financial  Times.    This 
London-based paper has long been the leading source for daily international financial news and now has an 
excellent American edition.  Both its reporting and commentary on trade are first-class. 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

And, again, our usual caveat: macro-economics is a tough game in which few people, Charlie and 
I  included,  have  demonstrated  skill.    We  may  well  turn  out  to  be  wrong  in  our  currency  judgments.  
(Indeed, the fact that so many pundits now predict weakness for the dollar  makes us uneasy.)  If so, our 
mistake will be very public.  The irony is that if we chose the opposite course, leaving all of Berkshire’s 
assets in dollars even as they declined significantly in value, no one would notice our mistake.  

John Maynard Keynes said in his masterful The General Theory:  “Worldly wisdom teaches that it 
is better for reputation to fail conventionally than to succeed unconventionally.” (Or, to put it in less elegant 
terms, lemmings as a class may be derided but never does an individual lemming get criticized.)  From a 
reputational  standpoint,  Charlie  and  I  run  a  clear  risk  with  our  foreign-exchange  commitment.    But  we 
believe in managing Berkshire as if we owned 100% of it ourselves.  And, were that the case, we would not 
be following a dollar-only policy. 

Miscellaneous 

•  Last year I told you about a group of University of Tennessee finance students who played a key 
role in our $1.7 billion acquisition of Clayton Homes.  Earlier, they had been brought to Omaha by 
their professor,  Al  Auxier – he brings  a  class  every  year –  to  tour Nebraska Furniture  Mart  and 
Borsheim’s, eat at Gorat’s and have a Q&A session with me at Kiewit Plaza.  These visitors, like 
those  who  come  for  our  annual  meeting,  leave  impressed  by  both  the  city  and  its  friendly 
residents. 

Other  colleges  and  universities  have  now  come  calling.    This  school  year  we  will  have  visiting 
classes, ranging in size from 30 to 100 students, from Chicago, Dartmouth (Tuck), Delaware State, 
Florida State, Indiana, Iowa, Iowa State, Maryland, Nebraska, Northwest Nazarene, Pennsylvania 
(Wharton), Stanford, Tennessee, Texas, Texas A&M, Toronto (Rotman), Union and Utah.  Most 
of the students are MBA candidates, and I’ve been impressed by their quality.  They are keenly 
interested  in  business  and  investments,  but  their  questions  indicate  that  they  also  have  more  on 
their minds than simply making money.  I always feel good after meeting them. 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At our sessions, I tell the newcomers the story of the Tennessee group and its spotting of Clayton 
Homes.    I  do  this  in  the  spirit  of  the  farmer  who  enters  his  hen  house  with  an  ostrich  egg  and 
admonishes the flock: “I don’t like to complain, girls, but this is just a small sample of what the 
competition is doing.”  To date, our new scouts have not brought us deals.  But their mission in 
life has been made clear to them. 

•  You should be aware of an accounting rule that mildly distorts our financial statements in a pain-
today,  gain-tomorrow  manner.    Berkshire  purchases  life  insurance  policies  from  individuals  and 
corporations who would otherwise surrender them for cash.  As the new holder of the policies, we 
pay any premiums  that become due and ultimately – when the original holder dies – collect the 
face value of the policies. 

The original policyholder is usually in good health when we purchase the policy.  Still, the price 
we  pay  for  it  is  always  well  above  its  cash  surrender  value  (“CSV”).    Sometimes  the  original 
policyholder  has  borrowed  against  the  CSV  to  make  premium  payments.    In  that  case,  the 
remaining CSV will be tiny and our purchase price will be a large multiple of what the original 
policyholder would have received, had he cashed out by surrendering it. 

Under  accounting  rules,  we  must  immediately  charge  as  a  realized  capital  loss  the  excess  over 
CSV that we pay upon purchasing the policy.  We also must make additional charges each year for 
the amount by which the premium we pay to keep the policy in force exceeds the increase in CSV.  
But obviously, we don’t think these bookkeeping charges represent economic losses.  If we did, 
we wouldn’t buy the policies. 

During  2004,  we  recorded  net  “losses”  from  the  purchase  of  policies  (and  from  the  premium 
payments  required  to  maintain  them)  totaling  $207  million,  which  was  charged  against  realized 
investment gains in our earnings statement (included in “other”  in the table on page 17).  When 
the proceeds from these policies are received in the future, we will record as realized investment 
gain the excess over the then-CSV. 

•  Two post-bubble governance reforms have been particularly useful at Berkshire, and I fault myself 
for  not  putting  them  in  place  many  years  ago.    The  first  involves  regular  meetings  of  directors 
without the CEO present.  I’ve sat on 19 boards, and on many occasions this process would have 
led  to  dubious  plans  being  examined  more  thoroughly.    In  a  few  cases,  CEO  changes  that  were 
needed  would  also  have  been  made  more  promptly.    There  is  no  downside  to  this  process,  and 
there are many possible benefits. 

The second reform concerns the “whistleblower line,” an arrangement through which employees 
can send information to me and the board’s audit committee without fear of reprisal.  Berkshire’s 
extreme  decentralization  makes  this  system  particularly  valuable  both  to  me  and  the  committee.  
(In a sprawling “city” of 180,000 – Berkshire’s current employee count – not every sparrow that 
falls will be noticed at headquarters.)  Most of the complaints we have received are of “the guy 
next to me has bad breath” variety, but on occasion I have learned of important problems at our 
subsidiaries  that  I  otherwise  would  have  missed.    The  issues  raised  are  usually  not  of  a  type 
discoverable by audit, but relate instead to personnel and business practices.  Berkshire would be 
more valuable today if I had put in a whistleblower line decades ago. 

•  Charlie  and  I  love  the  idea  of  shareholders  thinking  and  behaving  like  owners.    Sometimes  that 
requires them to be pro-active.  And in this arena large institutional owners should lead the way. 

So  far,  however,  the  moves  made  by  institutions  have  been  less  than  awe-inspiring.    Usually, 
they’ve  focused  on  minutiae  and  ignored  the  three  questions  that  truly  count.    First,  does  the 
company have the right CEO?  Second, is he/she overreaching in terms of compensation?  Third, 
are proposed acquisitions more likely to create or destroy per-share value? 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  such  questions,  the  interests  of  the  CEO  may  well  differ  from  those  of  the  shareholders.  
Directors, moreover, sometimes lack the knowledge or gumption to overrule the CEO.  Therefore, 
it’s vital that large owners focus on these three questions and speak up when necessary. 

Instead many simply follow a “checklist” approach to the issue du jour.  Last year I was on the 
receiving end of a judgment reached in that manner.  Several institutional shareholders and their 
advisors  decided  I  lacked  “independence”  in  my  role  as  a  director  of  Coca-Cola.    One  group 
wanted  me  removed  from  the  board  and  another  simply  wanted  me  booted  from  the  audit 
committee. 

My first impulse was to secretly fund the group behind the second idea.  Why anyone would wish 
to be on an audit committee is beyond me.  But since directors must be assigned to one committee 
or another, and since no CEO wants me on his compensation committee, it’s often been my lot to 
get an audit committee assignment.  As it turned out, the institutions that opposed me failed and I 
was re-elected to the audit job.  (I fought off the urge to ask for a recount.) 

Some institutions questioned my “independence” because, among other things, McLane and Dairy 
Queen buy lots of Coke products.  (Do they want us to favor Pepsi?)  But independence is defined 
in Webster’s as “not subject to control by others.”  I’m puzzled how anyone could conclude that 
our  Coke  purchases  would  “control”  my  decision-making  when  the  counterweight  is  the  well-
being  of  $8  billion  of  Coke  stock  held  by  Berkshire.    Assuming  I’m  even  marginally  rational, 
elementary arithmetic should make it clear that my heart and mind belong to the owners of Coke, 
not to its management. 

I  can’t  resist  mentioning  that  Jesus  understood  the  calibration  of  independence  far  more  clearly 
than  do  the  protesting  institutions.    In  Matthew  6:21  He  observed:  “For  where  your  treasure  is, 
there  will  your  heart  be  also.”    Even  to  an  institutional  investor,  $8  billion  should  qualify  as 
“treasure” that dwarfs any profits Berkshire might earn on its routine transactions with Coke. 

Measured by the biblical standard, the Berkshire board is a model: (a) every director is a member 
of  a  family  owning  at  least  $4  million  of  stock;  (b)  none  of  these  shares  were  acquired  from 
Berkshire via options or grants; (c) no directors receive committee, consulting or board fees from 
the company that are more than a tiny portion of their annual income; and (d) although we have a 
standard corporate indemnity arrangement, we carry no liability insurance for directors. 

At Berkshire, board members travel the same road as shareholders. 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

Charlie  and  I  have  seen  much  behavior  confirming  the  Bible’s  “treasure”  point.    In  our  view, 
based on our considerable boardroom experience, the least independent directors are likely to be 
those  who  receive  an  important  fraction  of  their  annual  income  from  the  fees  they  receive  for 
board service (and who hope as well to be recommended for election to other boards and thereby 
to  boost  their  income  further).    Yet  these  are  the  very  board  members  most  often  classed  as 
“independent.” 

Most directors of this type are decent people and do a first-class job.  But they wouldn’t be human 
if they weren’t tempted to thwart actions that would threaten their livelihood.  Some may go on to 
succumb to such temptations. 

Let’s look at an example based upon circumstantial evidence.  I have first-hand knowledge of a 
recent acquisition proposal (not from Berkshire) that was favored by management, blessed by the 
company’s  investment  banker  and  slated  to  go  forward  at  a  price  above  the  level  at  which  the 
stock had sold for some years (or now sells for).  In addition, a number of directors favored the 
transaction and wanted it proposed to shareholders. 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Several  of  their  brethren,  however,  each  of  whom  received  board  and  committee  fees  totaling 
about  $100,000  annually,  scuttled  the  proposal,  which  meant  that  shareholders  never  learned  of 
this multi-billion offer.  Non-management directors owned little stock except for shares they had 
received  from  the  company.    Their  open-market  purchases  in  recent  years  had  meanwhile  been 
nominal, even though the stock had sold far below the acquisition price proposed.  In other words, 
these  directors  didn’t  want  the  shareholders  to  be  offered  X  even  though  they  had  consistently 
declined the opportunity to buy stock for their own account at a fraction of X. 

I  don’t  know  which  directors  opposed  letting  shareholders  see  the  offer.    But  I  do  know  that 
$100,000 is an important portion of the annual income of some of those deemed “independent,” 
clearly meeting the Matthew 6:21 definition of “treasure.”  If the deal had gone through, these fees 
would have ended. 

Neither  the  shareholders  nor  I  will  ever  know  what  motivated  the  dissenters.    Indeed  they 
themselves  will  not  likely  know,  given  that  self-interest  inevitably  blurs  introspection.    We  do 
know one thing, though: At the same meeting at which the deal was rejected, the board voted itself 
a significant increase in directors’ fees. 

•  While  we  are  on  the  subject  of  self-interest,  let’s  turn  again  to  the  most  important  accounting 
mechanism  still  available  to  CEOs  who  wish  to  overstate  earnings:  the  non-expensing  of  stock 
options.    The  accomplices  in  perpetuating  this  absurdity  have  been  many  members  of  Congress 
who have defied  the  arguments  put forth by  all  Big  Four  auditors,  all members  of  the  Financial 
Accounting Standards Board and virtually all investment professionals. 

I’m enclosing an op-ed piece I wrote for The Washington Post describing a truly breathtaking bill 
that was passed 312-111 by the House last summer.  Thanks to Senator Richard Shelby, the Senate 
didn’t  ratify  the  House’s  foolishness.    And,  to  his  great  credit,  Bill  Donaldson,  the  investor-
minded Chairman of the SEC, has stood firm against massive political pressure, generated by the 
check-waving CEOs who first muscled Congress in 1993 about the issue of option accounting and 
then repeated the tactic last year. 

Because the attempts to obfuscate the stock-option issue continue, it’s worth pointing out that no 
one  –  neither  the  FASB,  nor  investors  generally,  nor  I  –  are  talking  about  restricting  the  use  of 
options  in  any  way.    Indeed,  my  successor  at  Berkshire  may  well  receive  much  of  his  pay  via 
options, albeit logically-structured ones in respect to 1) an appropriate strike price, 2) an escalation 
in price that reflects the retention of earnings, and 3) a ban on his quickly disposing of any shares 
purchased  through  options.    We  cheer  arrangements  that  motivate  managers,  whether  these  be 
cash bonuses or options.  And if a company is truly receiving value for the options it issues, we 
see no reason why recording their cost should cut down on their use. 

The simple fact is that certain CEOs know their own compensation would be far more rationally 
determined if options were expensed.  They also suspect that their stock would sell at a lower price 
if realistic accounting were employed, meaning that they would reap less in the market when they 
unloaded their personal holdings.  To these CEOs such unpleasant prospects are a fate to be fought 
with all the resources they have at hand – even though the funds they use in that fight normally 
don’t belong to them, but are instead put up by their shareholders. 

Option-expensing  is  scheduled  to  become  mandatory  on  June  15th.    You  can  therefore  expect 
intensified efforts to stall or emasculate this rule between now and then.  Let your Congressman 
and Senators know what you think on this issue. 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Annual Meeting 

There  are  two  changes  this  year  concerning  the  annual  meeting.    First,  we  have  scheduled  the 
meeting  for  the  last  Saturday  in  April  (the  30th),  rather  than  the  usual  first  Saturday  in  May.    This  year 
Mother’s Day falls on May 8, and it would be unfair to ask the employees of Borsheim’s and Gorat’s to 
take care of us at that special time – so we’ve moved everything up a week.  Next year we’ll return to our 
regular timing, holding the meeting on May 6, 2006. 

Additionally, we are changing the sequence of events on meeting day, April 30.  Just as always, 
the doors will open at the Qwest Center at 7 a.m. and the movie will be shown at 8:30.  At 9:30, however, 
we will go directly to the question and answer period, which (allowing for lunch at the Qwest’s stands) will 
last until 3:00.  Then, after a short recess, Charlie and I will convene the annual meeting at 3:15. 

We have made this change because a number of shareholders complained last year about the time 
consumed by two speakers who advocated proposals of limited interest to the majority of the audience – 
and who were no doubt relishing their chance to talk to a captive group of about 19,500.  With our new 
procedure, those shareholders who wish to hear it all can stick around for the formal meeting and those who 
don’t can leave – or better yet shop. 

There  will  be  plenty  of  opportunity  for  that  pastime  in  the  vast  exhibition  hall  that  adjoins  the 
meeting  area.    Kelly  Muchemore,  the  Flo  Ziegfeld  of  Berkshire,  put  on  a  magnificent  shopping 
extravaganza last year, and she says that was just a warm-up for this year.  (Kelly, I am delighted to report, 
is getting married in October.  I’m giving her away and suggested that she make a little history by holding 
the wedding at the annual meeting.  She balked, however, when Charlie insisted that he be the ringbearer.) 

Again we will showcase a 2,100 square foot Clayton home (featuring Acme brick, Shaw carpet, 
Johns  Manville  insulation, MiTek  fasteners,  Carefree  awnings  and  NFM  furniture).    Take  a  tour  through 
the home.  Better yet, buy it. 

GEICO will have a booth staffed by a number of its top counselors from around the country, all of 
them  ready  to supply  you with  auto  insurance quotes.    In  most  cases,  GEICO  will  be able  to give  you  a 
special shareholder discount (usually 8%).  This special offer is permitted by 45 of the 50 jurisdictions in 
which  we  operate.    Bring  the  details  of  your  existing  insurance  and  check  out  whether  we  can  save  you 
money. 

On  Saturday,  at  the  Omaha  airport,  we  will  have  the  usual  array  of  aircraft  from  NetJets® 
available for your inspection.  Stop by the NetJets booth at the Qwest to learn about viewing these planes.  
Come to Omaha by bus; leave in your new plane. 

The Bookworm shop did a terrific business last year selling Berkshire-related books.  Displaying 
18 titles, they sold 2,920 copies for $61,000.  Since we charge the shop no rent (I must be getting soft), it 
gives shareholders a 20% discount.  This year I’ve asked The Bookworm to add Graham Allison’s Nuclear 
Terrorism: The Ultimate Preventable Catastrophe, a must-read for those concerned with the safety of our 
country.  In addition, the shop will premiere Poor Charlie’s Almanack, a book compiled by Peter Kaufman.  
Scholars have for too long debated whether Charlie is the reincarnation of Ben Franklin.  This book should 
settle the question. 

An attachment to the proxy material that is enclosed with this report explains how you can obtain 
the  credential  you  will  need  for  admission  to  the  meeting  and  other  events.    As  for  plane,  hotel  and  car 
reservations, we have again signed up American Express (800-799-6634) to give you special help.  They do 
a terrific job for us each year, and I thank them for it. 

At Nebraska Furniture Mart, located on a 77-acre site on 72nd Street between Dodge and Pacific, 
we will again be having “Berkshire Weekend” pricing.  We initiated this special event at NFM eight years 
ago,  and  sales  during  the  “Weekend”  grew  from  $5.3 million  in  1997  to  $25.1  million  in  2004  (up 45% 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from  a  year  earlier).    Every  year  has  set  a  new  record,  and  on  Saturday  of  last  year,  we  had  the  largest 
single-day sales in NFM’s history – $6.1 million. 

To  get  the  discount,  you  must  make  your  purchases  between  Thursday,  April  28  and  Monday, 
May 2 inclusive, and also present your meeting credential.  The period’s special pricing will even apply to 
the products of several prestigious manufacturers that normally have ironclad rules against discounting but 
that,  in  the  spirit  of  our  shareholder  weekend,  have  made  an  exception  for  you.    We  appreciate  their 
cooperation.    NFM  is  open  from  10  a.m.  to  9  p.m.  Monday  through  Saturday,  and  10  a.m.  to  6  p.m.  on 
Sunday.  On Saturday this year, from 5:30 p.m. to 8 p.m. we are having a special affair for shareholders 
only.  I’ll be there, eating barbeque and drinking Coke. 

Borsheim’s – the largest jewelry store in the country except for Tiffany’s Manhattan store – will 
have two shareholder-only events.  The first will be a cocktail reception from 6 p.m. to 10 p.m. on Friday, 
April 29.  The second, the main gala, will be from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Sunday, May 1.  On Saturday, we 
will be open until 6 p.m.   

We  will  have  huge  crowds  at  Borsheim’s  throughout  the  weekend.    For  your  convenience, 
therefore, shareholder prices will be available from Monday, April 25 through Saturday, May 7.  During 
that  period,  just  identify  yourself  as  a  shareholder  through  your  meeting  credentials  or  a  brokerage 
statement.   

Borsheim’s  operates  on  a  gross  margin  that  is  fully  twenty  percentage  points  below  that  of  its 
major rivals, even before the shareholders’ discount.  Last year, business over the weekend increased 73% 
from 2003, setting a record that will be tough to beat.  Show me it can be done. 

In a tent outside of Borsheim’s, Patrick Wolff, twice U.S. chess champion, will take on all comers 
in groups of six – blindfolded.  Additionally, we will have Bob Hamman and Sharon Osberg, two of the 
world’s top bridge experts, available to play with our shareholders on Sunday afternoon.  They plan to keep 
their eyes open – but Bob never sorts his cards, even when playing for a national championship. 

Gorat’s – my favorite steakhouse – will again be open exclusively for Berkshire shareholders on 
Sunday, May 1, and will be serving from 4 p.m. until 10 p.m.  Please remember that to come to Gorat’s on 
that  day,  you  must  have  a  reservation.    To  make  one,  call  402-551-3733  on  April  1  (but  not  before).    If 
Sunday is sold out, try Gorat’s on one of the other evenings you will be in town.  Enhance your reputation 
as an epicure by ordering, as I do, a rare T-bone with a double helping of hash browns. 

We will again have a special reception from 4:00 to 5:30 on Saturday afternoon for shareholders 
who have come from outside of North America.  Every year our meeting draws many people from around 
the globe, and Charlie and I want to be sure we personally greet those who have come so far.  Last year we 
enjoyed meeting more than 400 of you including at least 100 from Australia.  Any shareholder who comes 
from  other  than  the  U.S.  or  Canada  will  be  given  a  special  credential  and  instructions  for  attending  this 
function. 

* * * * * * * * * * * * 

Charlie and I are lucky.  We have jobs that we love and are helped every day in a myriad of ways 
by talented and cheerful associates.  No wonder we tap-dance to work.  But nothing is more fun for us than 
getting together with our shareholder-partners at Berkshire’s annual meeting.  So join us on April 30th at the 
Qwest for our annual Woodstock for Capitalists. 

February 28, 2005 

Warren E. Buffett 
Chairman of the Board 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 
and Subsidiaries 

Selected Financial Data for the Past Five Years 
(dollars in millions except per share data) 

Revenues: 

Insurance premiums earned ..........................................
Sales and service revenues............................................
Interest, dividend and other investment income ...........
Interest and other revenues of finance and financial 

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

$21,085
43,222
2,816

$21,493
32,098
3,098

$19,182 
16,958 
2,943 

$17,905   $19,343
7,000
14,507  
2,685
2,765  

products businesses....................................................
Investment gains (1) .......................................................

3,763
    3,496

3,041
    4,129

2,234 
       918

1,928
    1,488  

1,322
    4,499

Total revenues...............................................................

$74,382

$63,859

$42,235 

$38,593   $34,849

Earnings: 

Net earnings (1) (2) (3).......................................................

$  7,308  

$  8,151   $  4,286 

  $     795   $  3,328

Net earnings per share (3) ..............................................

$  4,753   $  5,309   $  2,795 

  $     521   $  2,185

Year-end data: 

Total assets.................................................................... $188,874
Notes payable and other borrowings 

$180,559

$169,544 

$162,752

$135,792

of insurance and other non-finance businesses ..........

3,450

4,182

4,775 

3,455

2,611

Notes payable and other borrowings of  

finance businesses .....................................................
Shareholders’ equity .....................................................
Class A equivalent common shares 

5,387
85,900

4,937
77,596

4,513 
64,037 

9,049
57,950

2,168
61,724

outstanding, in thousands...........................................

1,539

1,537

1,535 

1,528

1,526

Shareholders’ equity per outstanding 

Class A equivalent common share ............................. $  55,824

$  50,498

$  41,727 

$  37,920

$  40,442

(1)  The amount of investment gains and losses for any given period has no predictive value, and variations in amount from period 
to period have no practical analytical value, particularly in view of the unrealized appreciation now existing in Berkshire's 
consolidated  investment  portfolio.    After-tax  investment  gains  were  $2,259  million  in  2004,  $2,729  million  in  2003,  $566 
million in 2002, $923 million in 2001 and $2,746 million in 2000. 

(2)  Net earnings for the year ending December 31, 2001 includes pre-tax underwriting losses of $2.4 billion in connection with 
the September 11th terrorist attack.  Such loss reduced net earnings by approximately $1.5 billion and earnings per share by 
$982. 

(3)  Effective January 1, 2002, Berkshire adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142 “Goodwill and 
Other  Intangible  Assets.”    SFAS  No.  142  changed  the  accounting  for  goodwill  from  a  model  that  required  amortization of 
goodwill, supplemented by impairment tests, to an accounting model that is based solely upon impairment tests. 

A  reconciliation  of  Berkshire’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Earnings  for  each  of  the  five  years  ending  December  31,  2004  from 
amounts  reported  to  amounts  exclusive  of  goodwill  amortization  is  shown  below.    Goodwill  amortization  for  the  years  ending 
December 31, 2001 and 2000 includes $78 million and $65 million, respectively, related to Berkshire’s equity method investment 
in MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company. 

Net earnings as reported ...........................................................  
Goodwill amortization, after tax ...............................................  
Net earnings as adjusted ...........................................................  

2004
  $7,308 
       —
  $7,308 

2003
  $8,151 

       —  

  $8,151 

2002
  $4,286 
       —
  $4,286 

Earnings per Class A equivalent common share: 
As reported ................................................................................  
Goodwill amortization...............................................................  
Earnings per share as adjusted .................................................  

  $4,753 

  $5,309 

       —  

       —  

  $2,795 
       —
  $2,795 

  $4,753 

  $5,309 

 27

2001
  $    795 
      636
  $ 1,431 

2000
  $  3,328 
       548
  $  3,876 

  $    521 
      416
  $    937 

  $  2,185 
      360
  $  2,545 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 

ACQUISITION CRITERIA 

We are eager to hear from principals or their representatives about businesses that meet all of the following criteria: 

(1) 
Large purchases (at least $75 million of pre-tax earnings unless the business will fit into one of our existing units), 
(2)  Demonstrated consistent earning power (future projections are of no interest to us, nor are “turnaround” situations), 
(3)  Businesses earning good returns on equity while employing little or no debt, 
(4)  Management in place (we can’t supply it), 
(5) 
(6)  An offering price (we don’t want to waste our time or that of the seller by talking, even preliminarily, 

Simple businesses (if there’s lots of technology, we won’t understand it), 

about a transaction when price is unknown). 

The larger the company, the greater will be our interest: We would like to make an acquisition in the $5-20 billion range. 

We are not interested, however, in receiving suggestions about purchases we might make in the general stock market. 

We  will  not  engage  in  unfriendly  takeovers.  We  can  promise  complete  confidentiality  and  a  very  fast  answer  — 
customarily within five minutes — as to whether we’re interested. We prefer to buy for cash, but will consider issuing stock 
when we receive as much in intrinsic business value as we give.  We don’t participate in auctions. 

Charlie and I frequently get approached about acquisitions that don’t come close to meeting our tests: We’ve found that if 
you advertise an interest in buying collies, a lot of people will call hoping to sell you their cocker spaniels. A line from a 
country song expresses our feeling about new ventures, turnarounds, or auction-like sales: “When the phone don’t ring, you’ll 
know it’s me.” 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________ 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
Berkshire Hathaway Inc. 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Berkshire  Hathaway  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, cash flows and changes 
in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004.  These 
financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.    Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on 
these financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.    An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as well  as  evaluating  the overall  financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  such  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of 
Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2004,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission and our report dated March 3, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness 
of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 
Omaha, Nebraska 
March 3, 2005 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 
and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(dollars in millions except per share amounts) 

ASSETS 
Insurance and Other: 

Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................................................  
Investments: 

Fixed maturity securities.............................................................................................  
Equity securities .........................................................................................................  
Other ...........................................................................................................................  
Receivables ....................................................................................................................  
Inventories......................................................................................................................  
Property, plant and equipment........................................................................................  
Goodwill of acquired businesses....................................................................................  
Deferred charges reinsurance assumed ..........................................................................  
Other...............................................................................................................................  

Investments in MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company .............................................  
Finance and Financial Products: 

Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................................................  
Investments in fixed maturity securities.........................................................................  
Trading account assets ...................................................................................................  
Funds provided as collateral...........................................................................................  
Loans and finance receivables........................................................................................  
Other...............................................................................................................................  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Insurance and Other: 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses .............................................................................  
Unearned premiums .......................................................................................................  
Life and health insurance benefits..................................................................................  
Other policyholder liabilities..........................................................................................  
Accounts payable, accruals and other liabilities.............................................................  
Income taxes, principally deferred .................................................................................  
Notes payable and other borrowings ..............................................................................  

Finance and Financial Products: 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase .............................................................  
Trading account liabilities ..............................................................................................  
Funds held as collateral ..................................................................................................  
Notes payable and other borrowings ..............................................................................  
Other...............................................................................................................................  

Total liabilities.............................................................................................................. 
Minority shareholders’ interests........................................................................................  
Shareholders’ equity: 

Common stock - Class A, $5 par value and Class B, $0.1667 par value........................  
Capital in excess of par value.........................................................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive income....................................................................  
Retained earnings ...........................................................................................................  
Total shareholders’ equity ........................................................................................  

December 31,

2004

2003

$  40,020

$  31,262

22,846
37,717
2,346
11,291
3,842
6,516
23,012
2,727
      4,508
  154,825
      3,967

3,407
8,459
4,234
1,649
9,175
      3,158
    30,082
$188,874 

$  45,219
6,283
3,154
3,955
7,500
12,247
      3,450
    81,808

5,773
4,794
1,619
5,387
      2,835
    20,408
  102,216
         758

8
26,268
20,435
    39,189
    85,900
$188,874 

26,116
35,287
2,924
12,314
3,656
6,260
22,948
3,087
     4,468
 148,322
     3,899

4,695
9,803
4,519
1,065
4,951
     3,305
   28,338
$180,559 

$  45,393
6,308
2,872
3,635
6,871
10,994
     4,182
   80,255

7,931
5,445
1,121
4,937
      2,529
   21,963
 102,218
        745

8
26,151
19,556
   31,881
   77,596
$180,559 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 
and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS 
(dollars in millions except per share amounts) 

Year Ended December 31,
2003

2004

2002

Revenues: 
Insurance and Other: 

Insurance premiums earned .............................................................. 
Sales and service revenues ............................................................... 
Interest, dividend and other investment income ............................... 
Investment gains............................................................................... 

  $21,085 
  43,222 
2,816 
      1,746

  $21,493 
  32,098 
3,098 
      2,914

  $19,182 
  16,958 
2,943 
         340

Finance and Financial Products: 

Interest income ................................................................................. 
Investment gains............................................................................... 
Other................................................................................................. 

1,202 
1,750 
      2,561

1,093 
1,215 
      1,948

1,497 
578 
         737

    68,869

    59,603

    39,423

      5,513

      4,256

      2,812

    74,382

    63,859

    42,235

Costs and expenses: 
Insurance and Other: 

Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses ................................ 
Insurance underwriting expenses...................................................... 
Cost of sales and services ................................................................. 
Selling, general and administrative expenses ................................... 
Interest expense ................................................................................ 

  14,823 
4,711 
  35,882 
4,989 
         137

  14,927 
4,848 
  25,737 
4,228 
         153

  15,256 
4,324 
  11,971 
3,033 
         192

Finance and Financial Products: 

Interest expense ................................................................................ 
Other................................................................................................. 

584 
      2,557

319 
      2,056

533 
         926

    60,542

    49,893

    34,776

      3,141

      2,375

      1,459

    63,683

    52,268

    36,235

Earnings before income taxes and equity in earnings of  
  MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company................................... 
Equity in earnings of MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company........ 

  10,699 
         237

  11,591 
         429

6,000 
         359

Earnings before income taxes and minority interests .................... 
Income taxes..................................................................................... 
Minority shareholders’ interests ....................................................... 

  10,936 
3,569 
         59

  12,020 
3,805 
         64

6,359 
2,059 
         14

Net earnings ....................................................................................... 

  $  7,308 

  $  8,151 

  $  4,286 

Average common shares outstanding * ............................................  1,537,716 

1,535,405 

1,533,294 

Net earnings per common share *.................................................... 

  $  4,753 

  $  5,309 

  $  2,795 

*      Average  shares  outstanding  include  average  Class  A  common  shares  and  average  Class  B  common 
shares  determined  on  an  equivalent  Class  A  common  stock  basis.  Net  earnings  per  common  share 
shown above represents net earnings per equivalent Class A common share. Net earnings per Class B 
common  share  is  equal  to  one-thirtieth  (1/30)  of  such  amount  or  $158  per  share  for  2004,  $177  per 
share for 2003 and $93 per share for 2002. 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 
and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(dollars in millions) 

Year Ended December 31,
2002
2003
2004

Cash flows from operating activities: 

 Net earnings................................................................................................  
 Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to operating cash flows: 
Investment gains, securities and other investments ....................................  
Depreciation ...............................................................................................  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities before business acquisitions: 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses.......................................................  
Deferred charges reinsurance assumed ....................................................  
Unearned premiums .................................................................................  
Receivables and certain originated loans .................................................  
Trading account assets and liabilities.......................................................  
Collateral held and provided ....................................................................  
Annuity liabilities ....................................................................................  
Income taxes ............................................................................................  
Other assets and liabilities .......................................................................  

$  7,308 

$  8,151 

$  4,286 

(1,636) 
911 

(3,304) 
829 

(621) 
679 

(383) 
360 
(52) 
102 
(367) 
(86) 
131 
860 
       257

397 
292 
(585) 
1,714 
530 
(273) 
730 
505 
     (548) 

3,209 
(147) 
1,880 
(896) 
2,191 
218 
(24) 
195 
       165

Net cash flows from operating activities ....................................................  

    7,405

    8,438

  11,135

Cash flows from investing activities: 

 Purchases of securities with fixed maturities..............................................  
 Purchases of equity securities.....................................................................  
 Proceeds from sales of securities with fixed maturities..............................  
 Proceeds from redemptions and maturities of securities 
  with fixed maturities ................................................................................  
 Proceeds from sales of equity securities.....................................................  
 Finance loans and other investments purchased .........................................  
 Principal collections on finance loans and other investments ....................  
 Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired........................................  
 Additions of property, plant and equipment ...............................................  
 Other...........................................................................................................  

(5,924) 
(2,032) 
4,560 

(9,924) 
(1,842) 
17,165 

(16,288) 
(1,756) 
9,108 

5,637 
2,610 
(6,314) 
2,736 
(414) 
(1,201) 
       563

9,847 
3,159 
(2,641) 
4,140 
(3,213) 
(1,002) 
       243

6,740 
1,340 
(2,281) 
5,226 
(2,620) 
(928) 
       148

Net cash flows from investing activities.....................................................  

       221

  15,932

  (1,311) 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

 Proceeds from borrowings of finance businesses .......................................  
 Proceeds from other borrowings.................................................................  
 Repayments of borrowings of finance businesses ......................................  
 Repayments of other borrowings................................................................  
 Changes in short term borrowings of finance businesses ...........................  
 Changes in other short term borrowings.....................................................  
 Other...........................................................................................................  

1,668 
339 
(1,267) 
(674) 
13 
(401) 
       166

2,479 
822 
(2,260) 
(783) 
(63) 
(642) 
     (714) 

211 
1,472 
(3,802) 
(774) 
(1,207) 
380 
       146

Net cash flows from financing activities ....................................................  

     (156) 

  (1,161) 

  (3,574) 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents.........................................................  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ...............................................  

7,470 
  35,957

23,209 
  12,748

6,250 
    6,498

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year *..................................................  

$43,427 

$35,957 

$12,748 

* Cash and cash equivalents at end of year are comprised of the following: 

Insurance and Other...................................................................................  
Finance and Financial Products ................................................................  

$40,020 
    3,407
$43,427 

$31,262 
    4,695
$35,957 

$10,283 
    2,465
$12,748 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 
and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(dollars in millions) 

Year Ended December 31,
2003

2002

2004

Class A & B Common Stock 

Balance at beginning and end of year ........................................................

$         8 

$         8  $         8 

Capital in Excess of Par Value 

Balance at beginning of year .....................................................................
Common stock issued in connection with business acquisitions ...........
Exercise of stock options issued in connection with business 

$26,151 
— 

$26,028  $25,607 
324 

— 

acquisitions and SQUARZ warrant premiums..................................

      117

      123

         97

Balance at end of year................................................................................

$26,268 

$26,151  $26,028 

Retained Earnings 

Balance at beginning of year .....................................................................
Net earnings ...........................................................................................

$31,881 
    7,308

$23,730  $19,444 
    4,286
    8,151

Balance at end of year................................................................................

$39,189 

$31,881  $23,730 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

Unrealized appreciation of investments.....................................................
Applicable income taxes ......................................................................

$  2,599 
(905) 

$10,842  $  2,860 
(1,029) 

(3,802)

Reclassification adjustment for appreciation 

included in net earnings ....................................................................
Applicable income taxes ......................................................................
Foreign currency translation adjustments ..................................................
Applicable income taxes ......................................................................
Minimum pension liability adjustment ......................................................
Applicable income taxes ......................................................................
  Other ..........................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income ....................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income at beginning of year ..............

(1,569) 
549 
140 
134 
(38) 
3 
       (34) 
879 
  19,556

(2,922)
1,023 
267 
(127)
1 
(3)
          6
5,285 
  14,271

(638) 
223 
272 
(65) 
(279) 
29 
          7
1,380 
  12,891

Accumulated other comprehensive income at end of year ........................

$20,435 

$19,556  $14,271 

Comprehensive Income 

Net earnings...............................................................................................
Other comprehensive income ....................................................................

$  7,308 
       879

$  8,151  $  4,286 
    1,380
    5,285

Total comprehensive income .....................................................................

$  8,187 

$13,436  $  5,666 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 
and Subsidiaries 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
December 31, 2004 

(1)  Significant accounting policies and practices 

(a)  Nature of operations and basis of consolidation 

Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (“Berkshire” or “Company”) is a holding company owning subsidiaries engaged 
in  a  number  of  diverse  business  activities.    The  most  important  of  these  are  property  and  casualty 
insurance businesses conducted on both a primary and reinsurance basis.  Further information regarding 
these businesses and Berkshire’s other reportable business segments is contained in Note 21.  Berkshire 
consummated a number of business acquisitions over the past three years which are discussed in Note 2. 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Berkshire consolidated with 
the  accounts  of  all  of  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  in  which  Berkshire  holds  a  controlling  financial 
interest  as  of  the  financial  statement  date.    Normally  control  reflects  ownership  of  a  majority  of  the 
voting  interests.    Other  factors  considered  in  determining  whether  control  is  held  include  whether 
Berkshire provides significant financial support as a result of its authority to purchase or sell assets or 
make  other  operating  decisions  that  significantly  affect  the  entity’s  results  of  operations  and  whether 
Berkshire bears a majority of the financial risks. 

Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.    Certain  amounts  in  2003  and  2002  have 

been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. 

(b)  Use of estimates in preparation of financial statements 

(c) 

(d) 

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amount  of 
revenues and expenses during the period.  In particular, estimates of unpaid losses and loss adjustment 
expenses and related recoverables under reinsurance for property and casualty insurance are subject to 
considerable estimation error due to the inherent uncertainty in projecting ultimate claim amounts that 
will  be  reported  and  settled  over  a  period  of  many  years.    In  addition,  estimates  and  assumptions 
associated  with  the  amortization  of  deferred  charges  reinsurance  assumed,  the  determination  of  fair 
value of certain invested assets and related impairments, and the determination of goodwill impairments 
require  considerable  judgment  by  management.    Actual  results  may  differ  from  the  estimates  and 
assumptions used in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Cash equivalents 
Cash  equivalents  consist  of  funds  invested  in  U.S.  Treasury  Bills,  money  market  accounts,  and  in  other 

investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased. 

Investments 
Berkshire’s  management  determines  the  appropriate  classifications  of  investments  in  fixed  maturity 
securities  and  equity  securities  at  the  time  of  acquisition  and  re-evaluates  the  classifications  at  each 
balance  sheet  date.    Berkshire’s  investments  in  fixed  maturity  and  equity  securities  are  primarily 
classified  as  available-for-sale,  except  for  certain  securities  held  by  finance  businesses  which  are 
classified as held-to-maturity. 

Held-to-maturity investments are carried at amortized cost, reflecting Berkshire’s intent and ability to hold 
the securities to maturity.  Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value with net unrealized gains 
or losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. 

Investment  gains  and  losses  arise  when  investments  are  sold  (as  determined  on  a  specific  identification 
basis)  or  are  other-than-temporarily  impaired  and  are  included  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Earnings.    If  in  management’s  judgment,  a  decline  in  the  value  of  an  investment  below  cost  is  other-
than-temporary, the cost of the investment is written down to fair value with a corresponding charge to 
earnings.    Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  an  impairment  exists  include:  the  financial 
condition, business prospects and creditworthiness of the issuer, the length of time that the asset’s fair 
value  has been  less  than  cost,  and  Berkshire’s  ability  and  intent  to  hold  such  investment  until  the  fair 
value recovers. 

 33

 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(1)  Significant accounting policies and practices (Continued) 

(d) 

Investments (Continued) 
Berkshire utilizes the equity method of accounting with respect to investments where it exercises significant 
influence,  but  not  control,  over  the  policies  of  the  investee.    A  voting  interest  of  at  least  20%  and  no 
greater  than  50%  is  normally  a  prerequisite  for  utilizing  the  equity  method.    However  Berkshire  may 
apply  the  equity  method  with  less  than  20%  voting  interests  based  upon  the  facts  and  circumstances 
including representation on the Board of Directors, contractual veto or approval rights, participation in 
policy making processes and the existence or absence of other significant owners.  Berkshire applies the 
equity  method  to  investments  in  common  stock  and  other  investments  when  such  other  investments 
possess substantially identical subordinated interests to common stock. 

In applying the equity method, investments are recorded at cost and subsequently increased or decreased by 
the proportionate share of net earnings or losses of the investee.  Berkshire also records its proportionate 
share of other comprehensive income items of the investee as a component of its comprehensive income. 
Dividends or other equity distributions are recorded as a reduction of the investment.  In the event that 
net losses of the investee have reduced the equity method investment to zero, additional net losses may 
be recorded if additional investments in the investee are at-risk, even if Berkshire has not committed to 
provide financial support to the investee.  Berkshire bases such additional equity method loss amounts, if 
any, on the change in its claim on the investee’s book value. 

(e) 

Loans and finance receivables 
Loans  and  finance  receivables  consist  of  commercial  and  consumer  loans  originated  or  purchased  by 
Berkshire’s  finance  and  financial  products  businesses.    Loans  and  finance  receivables  are  not  held  for 
sale and are stated at amortized cost less allowances for uncollectible accounts.  Berkshire has the ability 
and  intent  to  hold  such  loans  and  receivables  to  maturity.    Amortized  cost  represents  acquisition  cost, 
plus  or  minus  origination  and  commitment  costs  paid  or  fees  received  which  together  with  acquisition 
premiums or discounts are required to be deferred and amortized as yield adjustments over the life of the 
loan. 

(f) 

Derivatives 
Derivative instruments include interest rate, currency and credit swaps and options, interest rate caps and 

floors and futures and forward contracts. 

Berkshire carries derivative contracts at estimated fair value.  Derivatives are classified as trading account 
assets  or  trading  account  liabilities  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  reflect 
reductions  permitted  under  master  netting  agreements  with  counterparties.    The  fair  values  of  these 
instruments represent the present value of expected future cash flows under the contracts, which are a 
the 
function  of  underlying 
creditworthiness  of  counterparties  and  duration  of  the  contracts.    Future  changes  in  these  factors  or  a 
combination  thereof  may  affect  the  fair  value  of  these  instruments.   With  minor  exception, derivative 
contracts  are  not  designated  as  hedges  for  accounting  purposes.    Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  such 
contracts are included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. 

interest  rates,  currency  rates,  security  values,  related  volatility, 

Cash  collateral  received  from  or  paid  to  counterparties  to  secure  trading  account  assets  or  liabilities  is 
included in liabilities or assets of finance and financial products businesses in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets.    Securities  received  from  counterparties  as  collateral  are  not  recorded  as  assets  and  securities 
delivered to counterparties as collateral continue to be reflected as assets in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. 

(g) 

(h) 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
Securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  are  accounted  for  as  collateralized  borrowings  and  are 

recorded at the contractual repurchase amounts. 

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost with respect to manufactured goods includes raw 
materials, direct and indirect labor and factory overhead.  As of December 31, 2004, approximately 61% 
of  the  total  inventory  cost  was  determined  using  the  last-in-first-out  (“LIFO”)  method,  29%  using  the 
first-in-first-out  (“FIFO”)  method,  with  the  remainder  using  the  specific  identification  method.    With 
respect to inventories carried at LIFO cost, the aggregate difference in value between LIFO cost and cost 
determined  under  FIFO  methods  was  $115  million  and  $23  million  as  of  December  31,  2004  and 
December 31, 2003, respectively. 

 34

 
 
 
 
(1)  Significant accounting policies and practices (Continued) 

(i) 

(j) 

(k) 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation is provided principally on the straight-line 
method over estimated useful lives as follows:  aircraft, simulators, training equipment and spare parts, 4 
to 20 years; buildings and improvements, 10 to 40 years; machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures, 3 
to  20  years.    Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  lease  or  the  life  of  the 
improvement, whichever is shorter.  Interest is capitalized as an integral component of cost during the 
construction period of simulators and facilities and is amortized over the life of the related assets. 

Goodwill of acquired businesses 
Goodwill of acquired businesses represents the difference between purchase cost and the fair value of net 
assets  of  acquisitions  accounted  for  under  the  purchase  method.    Prior  to  2002,  goodwill  from  each 
acquisition  was  generally  amortized  as  a  charge  to  earnings  over  periods  not  exceeding  40  years,  and 
was reviewed for impairment if conditions were identified that indicated possible impairment. 

Effective January 1, 2002, Berkshire adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 
142  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets.”    SFAS  No.  142  eliminated  the  periodic  amortization  of 
goodwill  in  favor  of  an  accounting  model  that  is  based  solely  upon  impairment  tests.    Goodwill  is 
reviewed  for  impairment  using  a  variety  of  methods  at  least  annually,  and  impairments,  if  any,  are 
charged to earnings.  Annual impairment tests are performed in the fourth quarter. 

Revenue recognition 
Insurance  premiums  for  prospective  property/casualty  insurance  and  reinsurance  and  health  reinsurance 
policies are earned in proportion to the level of insurance protection provided.  In most cases, premiums 
are recognized as revenues ratably over the term of the contract with unearned premiums computed on a 
monthly  or  daily  pro  rata  basis.    Premium  adjustments  on  contracts  and  audit  premiums  are  based  on 
estimates made over the contract period.  Premiums for retroactive reinsurance policies are earned at the 
inception  of  the  contracts.    Premiums  for  life  reinsurance  contracts  are  earned  when  due.    Premiums 
earned  are  stated  net  of  amounts  ceded  to  reinsurers.    Premiums  are  estimated  with  respect  to  certain 
reinsurance  contracts  where  premiums  are  based  upon  reports  from  ceding  companies  that  are 
contractually reported after the balance sheet date. 

Revenues  from  product  sales  are  recognized  upon  passage  of  title  to  the  customer,  which  generally 
coincides  with  customer  pickup,  product  shipment,  delivery  or  acceptance,  depending  on  terms  of  the 
sales arrangement.  Service revenues are recognized as the services are performed.  Services provided 
pursuant to a contract are either recognized over the contract period, or upon completion of the elements 
specified in the contract, depending on the terms of the contract. 

(l) 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses 
Liabilities  for unpaid  losses and  loss  adjustment  expenses  represent  estimated  claim  and  claim  settlement 
costs of property/casualty insurance and reinsurance contracts with respect to losses that have occurred 
as of the balance sheet date.  The liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses are recorded at the 
estimated  ultimate  payment  amounts,  except  that  amounts  arising from  certain  workers’  compensation 
reinsurance business are discounted as discussed below.  Estimated ultimate payment amounts are based 
upon  (1)  individual  case  estimates,  (2)  reports  of  losses  from  ceding  insurers  and  (3)  estimates  of 
incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) losses. 

The estimated liabilities of workers’ compensation claims assumed under reinsurance contracts are carried 
in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  discounted  amounts.    Discounted  amounts  are  based  upon  an 
annual discount rate of 4.5% for claims arising prior to 2003 and 1% for claims arising after 2002.  The 
lower  rate  for  post-2002  claims  reflects  the  lower  interest  rate  environment  prevailing  in  the  United 
States.  The discount rates are the same rates used under statutory accounting principles.  The periodic 
discount accretion is included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as a component of losses and 
loss adjustment expenses. 

(m)  Deferred charges reinsurance assumed 

The excess of estimated liabilities for claims and claim costs over the consideration received with respect to 
retroactive property and casualty reinsurance contracts that provide for indemnification of insurance risk 
is established as a deferred charge at inception of such contracts.  The deferred charges are subsequently 
amortized  using  the  interest  method  over  the  expected  claim  settlement  periods.    The  periodic 
amortization charges are reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings as losses 
and loss adjustment expenses. 

 35

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 
(1)  Significant accounting policies and practices (Continued) 
(m)  Deferred charges reinsurance assumed (Continued) 

(n) 

(o) 

(p) 

Changes to the expected timing and estimated amount of loss payments produce changes in the unamortized 
deferred charge balance.  Such changes in estimates are accounted for retrospectively with the net effect 
included in amortization expense in the period of the change. 

Reinsurance 
Provisions  for  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  are  reported  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Statements of Earnings after deducting amounts recovered and estimates of amounts recoverable under 
reinsurance  contracts.    Reinsurance  contracts  do  not  relieve  the  ceding  company  of  its  obligations  to 
indemnify policyholders with respect to the underlying insurance and reinsurance contracts. 

Insurance premium acquisition costs 
Certain costs of acquiring insurance premiums are deferred, subject to ultimate recoverability, and charged 
to  income  as  the  premiums  are  earned.    Acquisition  costs  consist  of  commissions,  premium  taxes, 
advertising  and  other  underwriting  costs.    The  recoverability  of  premium  acquisition  costs,  generally, 
reflects anticipation of investment income.  The unamortized balances of deferred premium acquisition 
costs are included in other assets and were $1,371 million and $1,278 million at December 31, 2004 and 
2003, respectively. 

Foreign currency 
The accounts of foreign-based subsidiaries are measured in most instances using the local currency as the 
functional currency.  Revenues and expenses of these businesses are translated into U.S. dollars at the 
average exchange rate for the period.  Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate as of the 
end of the reporting period.  Gains or losses from translating the financial statements of foreign-based 
operations  are  included  in  shareholders’  equity  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income.    Unrealized  gains  or  losses  associated  with  available-for-sale  securities  are  included  as  a 
component  of  other  comprehensive  income.    Gains  and  losses  arising  from  other  transactions 
denominated in a foreign currency are included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. 

(q)  Deferred income taxes 

Deferred  income  taxes  are  calculated  under  the  liability  method.    Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recorded based on differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at 
the  enacted  tax  rates.    Changes  in  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  associated  with 
components  of  other  comprehensive  income,  primarily  unrealized  investment  gains,  are  charged  or 
credited directly to other comprehensive income.  Otherwise, changes in deferred income tax assets and 
liabilities are included as a component of income tax expense. 

(r) 

Accounting pronouncements to be adopted in 2005 
In December 2003, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position 03-
3  (“Accounting  for  Certain  Loans  or  Debt  Securities  Acquired  in  a  Transfer”)  (“SOP  03-3”),  which 
specifies the accounting and disclosure requirements for loans or debt securities purchased in a transfer 
where it is probable that the investor will be unable to collect all contractually required amounts due as a 
result  of  deteriorated  credit  quality  of  the  issuer.    SOP  03-3  also  addresses  post-acquisition  income 
recognition  with  respect  to  such  loans  and  debt  securities.    SOP  03-3  is  effective  for  loans  or  debt 
securities acquired in years beginning after December 15, 2004.  For loans acquired in years beginning 
before December 15, 2004, the provisions of SOP 03-3 related to changes in expected cash flows are to 
be  applied  prospectively.    The  adoption  of  SOP  03-3  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on 
Berkshire’s financial statements. 

In March 2004 the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) ratified additional provisions of Issue No. 03-01, 
The  Meaning  of  Other-Than-Temporary  Impairment  and  Its  Application  to  Certain  Investments.    The 
provisions of EITF 03-01 ratified in March 2004:  (a) define impairments of debt and equity securities 
accounted for under SFAS 115, (b) provide criteria to be used by management in judging whether or not 
impairments  are  other-than-temporary,  and  (c)  provide  guidance  on  determining  the  amount  of  an 
impairment  loss.    These  additional  provisions  were  originally  scheduled  to  be  applied  prospectively 
beginning  July  1,  2004.    Subsequently,  the  effective  date  for  applying  items  (b)  and  (c)  above  was 
postponed  in  order  to  consider  implementation  issues.    The  postponed  provisions  are  expected  to 
become effective during 2005.  The adoption of the additional provisions of EITF 03-01 is not expected 
to have a material effect on Berkshire’s financial statements. 

 36

 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Significant accounting policies and practices (Continued) 

(r) 

Accounting pronouncements to be adopted in 2005 (Continued) 
In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 151 (“SFAS 151”), 
“Inventory Costs an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.”  SFAS 151 discusses the general principles 
applicable  to  the  pricing  of  inventory.    This  Statement  amends  ARB  43,  Chapter  4,  to  clarify  that 
abnormal  amounts  of  idle  facility  expense,  freight,  handling  costs,  and  wasted  materials  (spoilage) 
should be recognized as current-period charges.  In addition, this Statement requires that allocation of 
fixed  production  overheads  to  the  costs  of  conversion  be  based  on  the  normal  capacity  of  production 
facilities.  The provisions of this Statement are effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years 
beginning after June 15, 2005.  The adoption of SFAS 151 is not expected to have a material effect on 
Berkshire’s financial statements. 

(2)  Significant business acquisitions 

Berkshire’s long-held acquisition strategy is to purchase businesses with consistent earning power, good returns on 
equity, able and honest management and at sensible prices.  Businesses with these characteristics typically have market 
values that exceed net asset value, thus producing goodwill for accounting purposes.  During 2003 and 2002, Berkshire 
acquired several businesses which are described in the following paragraphs. 

On May 23, 2003, Berkshire acquired McLane Company, Inc. (“McLane”), from Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. for cash 
consideration of approximately $1.5 billion.  McLane is one of the nation’s largest wholesale distributors of groceries 
and nonfood items to convenience stores, wholesale clubs, mass merchandisers, quick service restaurants, theaters and 
others. 

On  August  7, 2003,  Berkshire  acquired  all  the  outstanding  common  stock  of  Clayton  Homes,  Inc.  (“Clayton”)  for 
cash consideration of approximately $1.7 billion in the aggregate.  Clayton is a vertically integrated manufactured housing 
company which at the time of the acquisition had 20 manufacturing plants, 306 company owned stores, 535 independent 
retailers,  89  manufactured  housing  communities  and  financial  services  operations  that  provide  mortgage  services  and 
insurance protection. 

During 2002, Berkshire completed five business acquisitions for cash consideration of approximately $2.3 billion 

in the aggregate. Information concerning these acquisitions follows. 

Albecca Inc. (“Albecca”) 
On February 8, 2002, Berkshire acquired all of the outstanding shares of Albecca.  Albecca designs, manufactures 

and distributes a complete line of high-quality custom picture framing products primarily under the Larson-Juhl name. 

Fruit of the Loom (“FOL”) 
On April 30, 2002, Berkshire acquired the basic apparel business of Fruit of the Loom, LTD.  FOL is a leading 
vertically  integrated  basic  apparel  company  manufacturing  and  marketing  underwear,  activewear,  casualwear  and 
childrenswear.  FOL operates on a worldwide basis and sells its products principally in North America under the Fruit of 
the Loom and BVD brand names. 

Garan, Incorporated (“Garan”) 
On  September  4,  2002,  Berkshire  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  common  stock  of  Garan.    Garan  is  a  leading 
manufacturer of children’s, women’s, and men’s apparel bearing the private labels of its customers as well as several of 
its own trademarks, including GARANIMALS. 

CTB International (“CTB”) 
On October 31, 2002, Berkshire acquired all of the outstanding shares of CTB, a manufacturer of equipment and 

systems for the poultry, hog, egg production and grain industries. 

The Pampered Chef, LTD (“The Pampered Chef”) 
On  October  31,  2002,  Berkshire  acquired  The  Pampered  Chef,  LTD.    The  Pampered  Chef  is  the  premier  direct 

seller of kitchen tools in the U.S., primarily through branded product lines. 

The  results  of  operations  for  each  of  the  entities  acquired  are  included  in  Berkshire’s  consolidated  results  of 
operations  from  the  effective  date  of  each  acquisition.    The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  unaudited  consolidated 
earnings  data  for  2003,  as  if  each  of  the  acquisitions  discussed  above  were  consummated  on  the  same  terms  at  the 
beginning of each year.  Dollars are in millions, except per share amounts. 

Total revenues ............................................................................................................................  
Net earnings ...............................................................................................................................  
Earnings per equivalent Class A common share........................................................................  

2003 
$72,945 
8,203 
5,343 

 37

 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(3) 

Investments in MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company 

On  March  14,  2000,  Berkshire  acquired  900,942  shares  of  common  stock  and  34,563,395  shares  of  convertible 
preferred stock of MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company (“MidAmerican”) for $35.05 per share, or approximately 
$1.24 billion in the aggregate.  During March 2002, Berkshire acquired 6,700,000 additional shares of the convertible 
preferred stock for $402 million.  Such investments currently give Berkshire about a 9.9% voting interest and an 83.7% 
economic interest in the equity of MidAmerican (80.5% on a diluted basis).  As of December 31, 2004, Berkshire and 
certain of its subsidiaries also owned $1,478 million of MidAmerican’s 11% non-transferable trust preferred securities. 
Walter  Scott,  Jr.,  a  member  of  Berkshire’s  Board  of  Directors,  controls  approximately  88%  of  the  voting  interest  in 
MidAmerican.  While the convertible preferred stock does not vote generally with the common stock in the election of 
directors, it does give Berkshire the right to elect 20% of MidAmerican’s Board of Directors.  The convertible preferred 
stock  is  convertible  into  common  stock  only  upon  the  occurrence  of  specified  events,  including  modification  or 
elimination  of  the  Public  Utility  Holding  Company  Act  of  1935  so  that  holding  company  registration  would  not  be 
triggered by conversion.  Additionally, the prior approval of the holders of convertible preferred stock is required for 
certain fundamental transactions by MidAmerican.  Such transactions include, among others: a) significant asset sales or 
dispositions;  b)  merger  transactions;  c)  significant  business  acquisitions  or  capital  expenditures;  d)  issuances  or 
repurchases  of  equity  securities;  and  e)  the  removal  or  appointment  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer.    Through  the 
investments  in  common  and  convertible  preferred  stock  of  MidAmerican,  Berkshire  has  the  ability  to  exercise 
significant influence on the operations of MidAmerican. 

MidAmerican’s Articles of Incorporation further provide that the convertible preferred shares:  a) are not mandatorily 
redeemable by MidAmerican or at the option of the holder; b) participate in dividends and other distributions to common 
shareholders  as  if  they  were  common  shares  and  otherwise  possess  no  dividend  rights;  c)  are  convertible  into  common 
shares on a 1 for 1 basis, as adjusted for splits, combinations, reclassifications and other capital changes by MidAmerican; 
and  d)  upon  liquidation,  except  for  a  de  minimus  first  priority  distribution  of  $1  per  share,  share  ratably  with  the 
shareholders of common stock.  Further, the aforementioned dividend and distribution arrangements cannot be modified 
without the positive consent of the preferred shareholders.  Accordingly, the convertible preferred stock is, in substance, a 
substantially  identical  subordinate  interest  to  a  share  of  common  stock  and  economically  equivalent  to  common  stock. 
Therefore, Berkshire accounts for its investments in MidAmerican pursuant to the equity method. 

Berkshire’s  equity  in  earnings  from  MidAmerican  includes  Berkshire’s  proportionate  share  (83.7%  in  2004)  of 
MidAmerican’s undistributed net earnings reduced by deferred taxes on such undistributed earnings in accordance with 
SFAS  109,  reflecting  Berkshire’s  expectation  that  such  deferred  taxes  will  be  payable  as  a  consequence  of  dividends 
from MidAmerican.  However, no dividends from MidAmerican are likely for some time.  It is possible that when, and 
if, a dividend is paid MidAmerican will then be eligible for inclusion in Berkshire’s consolidated tax return and a tax on 
the  dividend  would  not  be  due.    Berkshire’s  share  of  MidAmerican’s  interest  expense  (after-tax)  on  Berkshire’s 
investments in MidAmerican’s trust preferred (debt) securities has been eliminated. 

Through  its  subsidiaries,  MidAmerican  owns  a  combined  electric  and  natural  gas  utility  company  in  the  United 
States,  two  natural  gas  pipeline  companies  in  the  United  States,  two  electricity  distribution  companies  in  the  United 
Kingdom, a diversified portfolio of domestic and international electric power projects and the second largest residential 
real estate brokerage firm in the United States. 

MidAmerican,  through  its  subsidiaries,  owns  the  rights  to  proprietary  processes  for  the  extraction  of  zinc, 
manganese,  silica,  and  other  elements  in  the  geothermal  brine  and  fluids  utilized  in  energy  production  at  certain 
geothermal  energy  generation  facilities.    Mineral  extraction  facilities  were  installed  near  the  energy  generation  sites 
(“the Project”).  During 2004, MidAmerican’s management assessed the long-term economic viability of the Project in 
light  of  current  cash  flow  and  operating  losses  and  continuing  efforts  to  increase  production.  MidAmerican’s 
management  evaluated  estimates  of  projected  cash  flows  for  the  Project,  including  the  expected  impact  of  planned 
improvements  to  the  mineral  extraction  processes  and  also  began  exploring  other  operating  alternatives,  such  as 
establishing strategic partnerships. 

On  September  10,  2004,  MidAmerican’s  management  decided  to  cease  operations  of  the  Project,  effective 
immediately.  Consequently, it was concluded that a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $340 million, after tax, 
was required to write-off the Project, the rights to quantities of extractable minerals, and the allocated goodwill to estimated 
net fair value.  MidAmerican incurred net after-tax losses attributed to the Project of $28 million in 2004, $27 million in 
2003  and  $17  million  in  2002.    MidAmerican  expects  to  receive  approximately  $55  million  in  future  tax  benefits. 
Berkshire’s share of the non-cash impairment charge was $255 million after tax, and is included in equity in earnings of 
MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company. 

 38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) 

Investments in MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company (Continued) 

Condensed consolidated balance sheets of MidAmerican are as follows (in millions). 

Assets: 
Properties, plants, and equipment, net............................................................................ 
Goodwill......................................................................................................................... 
Other assets .................................................................................................................... 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity: 
Debt, except debt owed to Berkshire.............................................................................. 
Debt owed to Berkshire.................................................................................................. 
Other liabilities and minority interests ........................................................................... 

Shareholders’ equity....................................................................................................... 

December 31,  December 31, 

2004

2003

$11,607 
4,307 
    3,990
$19,904 

$10,528 
1,478 
    4,927
16,933 
    2,971
$19,904 

$11,181 
4,306 
    3,658
$19,145 

10,296 
1,578 
    4,500
16,374 
    2,771
$19,145 

Condensed consolidated statements of earnings of MidAmerican for each of the three years in the period ending 

December 31, 2004 are as follows.  Amounts are in millions. 

Operating revenue and other income.................................................................  
Costs and expenses: 
Cost of sales and operating expenses ................................................................  
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................................  
Interest expense – debt held by Berkshire .........................................................  
Other interest expense .......................................................................................  

Earnings before taxes ........................................................................................  
Income taxes and minority interests ..................................................................  
Earnings from continuing operations ................................................................  
Loss on discontinued operations .......................................................................  
Net earnings ......................................................................................................  

2004

2003

2002

$6,727

$6,143

$4,903

4,390 
638 
170 
     713
  5,911
816 
     278
538 
    (368) 
$   170 

3,913
603
184
     716
  5,416
727
     284
443
      (27)
$   416

3,092 
530 
118 
     640
  4,380
523 
     126
397 
      (17)
$   380 

(4)  Loans and receivables 

Loans and receivables of insurance and other businesses are comprised of the following (in millions). 

Insurance premiums receivable .......................................................................
Reinsurance recoverables ................................................................................
Trade and other receivables .............................................................................
Allowances for uncollectible accounts............................................................

December 31, 
2004
  $  3,968 
2,556 
5,225 
     (458) 

  $11,291 

December 31, 

2003
$  5,183 
2,781 
4,791 
     (441) 

$12,314 

Loans  and  finance  receivables  of  finance  and  financial  products  businesses  are  comprised  of  the  following  (in 

millions). 

Consumer installment loans and finance receivables......................................
Commercial loans and finance receivables .....................................................
Allowances for uncollectible loans..................................................................

December 31, 
2004
  $  7,740 
1,496 
       (61) 

  $  9,175 

December 31, 

2003
$  2,794 
2,205 
        (48) 

$  4,951 

 39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(5) 

Investments in fixed maturity securities 

Investments in securities with fixed maturities as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 are shown below (in millions). 

December 31, 2004 

Insurance and other: 
Obligations of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government  

Amortized
Cost

Unrealized  Unrealized 

Gains

Losses(a)

Fair
Value

corporations and agencies ............................................... 

$  1,576 

$       25 

$      (11) 

$  1,590 

Obligations of states, municipalities 

and political subdivisions ................................................ 
Obligations of foreign governments ...................................... 
Corporate bonds and redeemable preferred stock.................. 
Mortgage-backed securities ................................................... 

Finance and financial products, available-for-sale: 
Obligations of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government  

corporations and agencies ............................................... 
Corporate bonds ..................................................................... 
Mortgage-backed securities ................................................... 

Mortgage-backed securities, held-to-maturity ....................... 

December 31, 2003 

Insurance and other: 
Obligations of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government 

3,569 
6,996 
6,541 
    1,918
$20,600 

$  3,682 
433 
    2,200
$  6,315 
$  1,424 

Amortized
Cost

156 
101 
1,898 
         95
$  2,275 

$     518 
80 
       103
$     701 
$     190 

— 
(10) 
(6) 
          (2) 
$      (29) 

$       — 
(1) 

         —
$        (1) 
$       — 

Unrealized  Unrealized 

Gains

Losses

3,725 
7,087 
8,433 
    2,011
$22,846 

$  4,200 
512 
    2,303
$  7,015 
$  1,614 

Fair
Value

corporations and agencies ............................................... 

$  2,019 

$       95 

$        (5) 

$  2,109 

Obligations of states, municipalities 

and political subdivisions ................................................ 
Obligations of foreign governments ...................................... 
Corporate bonds and redeemable preferred stocks ................ 
Mortgage-backed securities ................................................... 

Finance and financial products, available-for-sale: 
Obligations of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government 

corporations and agencies ............................................... 
Corporate bonds ..................................................................... 
Mortgage-backed securities ................................................... 

Mortgage-backed securities, held-to-maturity ....................... 

4,659 
4,986 
8,677 
    2,802
$23,143 

$  3,733 
704 
    4,076
$  8,513 
$     563 

241 
80 
2,472 
       145
$  3,033 

$     320 
79 
       180
$     579 
$     105 

— 
(26) 
(23) 
         (6) 
$     (60) 

$       — 
— 
         —
$       — 
$       — 

4,900 
5,040 
11,126 
    2,941
$26,116 

$  4,053 
783 
    4,256
$  9,092 
$     668 

(a)  Primarily relates to securities whose amortized cost has exceeded fair value for less than twelve months. 

Shown below are the amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities with fixed maturities at December 31, 
2004, by contractual maturity dates.  Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers of certain of 
the securities retain early call or prepayment rights.  Amounts are in millions. 

Due in 2005 ................................................................................................................. 
Due 2006 – 2009 ......................................................................................................... 
Due 2010 – 2014 ......................................................................................................... 
Due after 2014............................................................................................................. 

Mortgage-backed securities......................................................................................... 

 40

Amortized 
Cost
$  4,657 
8,210 
6,606 
    3,324
22,797 
    5,542
$28,339 

Fair 
Value
$  4,803 
8,718 
7,818 
    4,208
25,547 
    5,928
$31,475 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6) 

 Investments in equity securities 
Data with respect to investments in equity securities are shown below.  Amounts are in millions. 

Unrealized
Gains(3)

Fair 
Value

Cost

December 31, 2004 

Common stock of: 

American Express Company(1) ............................................................................   $  1,470 
1,299 
The Coca-Cola Company ....................................................................................  
The Gillette Company(2) ......................................................................................  
600 
463 
Wells Fargo & Company.....................................................................................  
Other ....................................................................................................................  
    5,505

$  7,076 
7,029 
3,699 
3,045 
    7,531

$  8,546 
8,328 
4,299 
3,508 
  13,036

$  9,337 

$28,380 

$37,717 

December 31, 2003 

Common stock of: 

American Express Company(1) ............................................................................   $  1,470 
1,299 
The Coca-Cola Company ....................................................................................  
The Gillette Company(2) ......................................................................................  
600 
463 
Wells Fargo & Company.....................................................................................  
Other ....................................................................................................................  
    4,683

$  5,842 
8,851 
2,926 
2,861 
    6,292

$  7,312 
10,150 
3,526 
3,324 
  10,975

$  8,515 

$26,772 

$35,287 

(1)  Common shares of American Express Company ("AXP") owned by Berkshire and its subsidiaries possessed approximately 
12%  of  the  voting  rights  of  all  AXP  shares  outstanding  at  December  31,  2004.    The  shares  are  held  subject  to  various 
agreements which, generally, prohibit Berkshire from (i) unilaterally seeking representation on the Board of Directors of AXP 
and (ii) possessing 17% or more of the aggregate voting securities of AXP.  Berkshire has entered into an agreement with AXP 
which  will  remain  effective  so  long  as  Berkshire  owns  5%  or  more  of  AXP's  voting  securities.  The  agreement  obligates 
Berkshire,  so  long  as  Kenneth  Chenault  is  chief  executive  officer  of  AXP,  to  vote  its  shares  in  accordance  with  the 
recommendations  of  AXP's  Board  of  Directors.  Additionally,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  Berkshire  has  agreed  not  to  sell 
AXP common shares to any person who owns 5% or more of AXP voting securities or seeks to control AXP, without the consent 
of AXP. 
(2)  On January 28, 2005, The Proctor and Gamble Company (“PG”) announced it had signed an agreement to acquire 100% 
of The Gillette Company (“Gillette”).  Under the terms of the agreement, PG has agreed to issue 0.975 shares of its common 
stock for each outstanding share of Gillette common stock.  The transaction which is subject to certain conditions is expected to 
close  in  the  second  half  of  2005.    Based  upon  recent  trading  prices  of  PG  common  stock  and  the  number  of  Gillette  shares 
owned  at  December  31,  2004,  Berkshire  anticipates  that  it  will  recognize  a  pre-tax  investment  gain  of  approximately  $4.4 
billion when the transaction closes. 
(3)  Net of unrealized losses of $65 million as of December 31, 2003.  There were no unrealized losses at December 31, 2004. 

(7) 

Investment gains (losses) 

Investment gains (losses) are summarized below (in millions). 

  Fixed maturity securities — 

  Gross gains from sales and other disposals..............................................  
  Gross losses from sales and other disposals.............................................  

$   883 
(63) 

$2,559 
(31) 

$  927 
(8) 

2004

2003

2002

  Equity securities — 

  Gross gains from sales .............................................................................  
  Gross losses from sales ............................................................................  
Losses from other-than-temporary impairments .........................................  
Foreign currency forward contracts.............................................................  
Life settlement contracts..............................................................................  
Other investments ........................................................................................  

769 
(1) 
(19) 
1,839 
(207) 

     295

850 
(167) 
(289) 
825 
— 
     382

392 
(66) 
(607) 
297 
— 
     (17) 

$3,496 

$4,129 

$  918 

Net gains are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as follows. 

Insurance and other......................................................................................  
Finance and financial products ....................................................................  

$1,746 
  1,750

$2,914 
  1,215

$3,496 

$4,129 

 41

$  340 
    578

$  918 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(8)  Goodwill of acquired businesses 

Effective  January  1,  2002,  Berkshire  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  142 
“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”  SFAS 142 changed the accounting for goodwill from a model that required 
amortization  of  goodwill,  supplemented  by  impairment  tests,  to  an  accounting  model  that  is  based  solely  upon 
impairment tests.  Thus, Berkshire’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings for 2004, 2003 and 2002 include no periodic 
amortization  of  goodwill.    A  reconciliation  of  the  change  in  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  for  2004  and  2003  is  as 
follows (in millions). 

Balance at beginning of year ..........................................................................................  
Acquisitions of businesses and other..............................................................................  

2004
$22,948 
         64

2003
$22,298 
       650

Balance at end of year ....................................................................................................  

$23,012 

$22,948 

(9) 

Inventories 

Inventories are comprised of the following (in millions): 

Raw materials .....................................................................................................  
Work in progress and other ................................................................................  
Finished manufactured goods ............................................................................  
Goods acquired for resale...................................................................................  

December 31, 
2004
  $     527 
256 
1,201 
      1,858

  $  3,842 

December 31, 

2003
$     472 
215 
1,175 
    1,794

$  3,656 

(10)  Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following (in millions): 

Land ....................................................................................................................  
Buildings and improvements .............................................................................  
Machinery and equipment..................................................................................  
Furniture, fixtures and other...............................................................................  

Accumulated depreciation..................................................................................  

December 31, 
2004
  $     312 
2,525 
5,763 
    1,332
9,932 
  (3,416) 

  $  6,516 

December 31, 

2003
$     291 
2,317 
5,212 
    1,259
9,079 
  (2,819) 

$  6,260 

(11)  Derivatives 

A summary of the fair value and gross notional value of open derivatives contracts follows.  Amounts are in 

millions. 

December 31, 2004
Trading 
Liabilities

Trading 
Assets

Notional 
Value

December 31, 2003
Trading 
Liabilities

Trading 
Assets

Notional 
Value

Foreign currency forwards ....................................
Interest rate and foreign currency swaps ...............
Equity options written and purchased ...................
Foreign currency options written and purchased...
Interest rate options written and purchased ...........

Adjustment for counterparty netting .....................
Trading account assets and liabilities ....................

$  1,767 
6,043 
69 
343 
       500
8,722 
  (4,488)
$  4,234 

$         6 
7,651 
380 
352 
       893
9,282 
  (4,488) 
$  4,794 

21,445 
153,185 
4,626 
6,083 
28,961 

$     635 
11,426 
185 
435 
    2,024
14,705 
(10,186) 
$  4,519 

$         6 
11,623 
396 
813 
    2,793
15,631 
(10,186) 
$  5,445 

11,347 
333,842 
3,940 
9,359 
92,912 

Berkshire utilizes derivatives in order to manage economic risks of its businesses as well as to assume specified 
amounts of market or credit risk from others.  Beginning in 2002, Berkshire began to enter into foreign currency forward  

 42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(11)  Derivatives (Continued) 

contracts with the objective of partially hedging corporate-wide adverse risk from the decline in the value of the U.S. 
Dollar.    In  addition,  Berkshire,  through  its  subsidiary  General  Re  Securities  (“GRS”)  operates  as  a  dealer  in  various 
types  of  derivative  instruments,  such  as  swaps,  forwards,  futures  and  options,  which  are  used  by  clients  to  manage 
economic  risks  arising  from  interest  rate,  foreign  exchange  rate,  or  market  price  movements.    In  January  2002,  GRS 
commenced a long-term run-off of its operations.  The run-off is expected to occur over a number of years during which 
GRS will limit its new business and will unwind its existing asset and liability positions in an orderly manner.  General 
Re Corporation, the parent of GRS, has guaranteed the obligations of GRS. 

Derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market, credit, and liquidity risks.  Market risks 
may be controlled by taking offsetting positions in either cash instruments or other derivatives.  Exposures are managed 
on a portfolio basis and monitored continuously. 

Master netting agreements are utilized to manage counterparty credit risk, where gains and losses are netted across 
all  contracts  with  that  counterparty.    In  addition,  counterparty  credit  limits  are  established,  and  credit  exposures  are 
monitored in accordance with these limits.  In addition, Berkshire may receive cash or investment grade securities from 
counterparties  as  collateral  and,  where  appropriate,  may  purchase  credit  insurance  or  enter  into  other  transactions  to 
mitigate  exposure  if  balances  exceed  specified  levels  or  if  credit  ratings  of  counterparties  are  downgraded  below 
specified  levels.    Berkshire  may  incorporate  contractual  provisions  that  allow  the  unwinding  of  transactions  under 
adverse  conditions.    Likewise,  Berkshire  may  be  required  to  post  cash  or  securities  as  collateral  with  counterparties 
under  similar  circumstances.    At  December  31,  2004,  Berkshire  held  collateral  with  a  fair  value  of  $2,091  million, 
including cash of $1,619 million to secure trading account assets.  At December 31, 2004, Berkshire posted collateral 
with a fair value of approximately $1,681 million (which includes $1,166 million in cash) with counterparties as security 
on  trading  account  liabilities.  Contractual  terms  with  counterparties  often  require  additional  collateral  to  be  posted 
immediately in the event of a decline in the financial rating of the counterparty or its guarantor. 

Assuming  non-performance  by  all  counterparties  on  all  contracts  potentially  subject  to  a  loss,  the  maximum 
potential loss, based on the cost of replacement, net of collateral held, at market rates prevailing at December 31, 2004 
approximated  $2,226  million.    The  following  table  presents  derivatives  portfolios  by  counterparty  credit  quality  and 
maturity  at  December  31,  2004.    The  amounts  shown  under  gross  exposure  in  the  table  are  before  consideration  of 
netting arrangements and collateral held by Berkshire affiliates.  Net fair value shown in the table represents contracts in 
gain positions, net of any loss owed to these counterparties on offsetting positions.  Net exposure shown in the table that 
follows is net fair value less collateral held.  Amounts are in millions. 

Gross Exposure
Over 10

6 – 10

0 – 5

Credit quality

AA and AAA.......................... 
A............................................. 
BBB and below ...................... 

$3,433 
1,672 
       68

(years)
$1,070 
359 
       49

$1,544 
515 
       12

Total

$6,047 
2,546 
     129

Net Fair 
Value

Net 
Exposure

Percentage 
of Total

$2,761 
1,360 
     113

$1,636 
486 
     104

73% 
22 
    5

100% 

Total 

$5,173 

$1,478 

$2,071 

$8,722 

$4,234 

$2,226 

(12)   Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses 

The balances of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are based upon estimates of the ultimate claim costs 
associated with property and casualty claim occurrences as of the balance sheet dates including estimates for incurred 
but not reported (“IBNR”) claims.  Considerable judgment is required to evaluate claims and establish estimated claim 
liabilities, particularly with respect to certain casualty or liability claims, which are typically reported over long periods 
of time and subject to changing legal and litigation trends.  This delay in claim reporting is exacerbated in reinsurance of 
liability or casualty claims as claim reporting by ceding companies is further delayed by contract terms. 

 43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(12)   Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses (Continued) 

Supplemental  data  with  respect  to  unpaid  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  of  property/casualty  insurance 

subsidiaries is as follows (in millions). 

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses: 

2004 

2003 

2002 

Gross liabilities at beginning of year ................................................................  
Ceded losses and deferred charges at beginning of year ..................................  

$45,393 
  (5,684) 

$43,771 
  (6,002)

$40,562 
  (6,189)

Net balance at beginning of year.......................................................................  

  39,709 

  37,769 

  34,373 

Incurred losses recorded during the year: 

Current accident year ........................................................................................  
All prior accident years .....................................................................................  

13,043 
       419 

13,135 
       480 

12,206 
    1,540 

Total incurred losses .........................................................................................  

  13,462 

  13,615 

  13,746 

Payments during the year with respect to: 

Current accident year ........................................................................................  
All prior accident years .....................................................................................  

(4,746) 
  (8,828) 

(4,493)
  (8,092)

(4,042)
  (6,653)

Total payments ..................................................................................................  

(13,574) 

(12,585)

(10,695)

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses: 

Net balance at end of year.................................................................................  
Ceded losses and deferred charges at end of year.............................................  
Foreign currency translation adjustment...........................................................  

39,597 
5,132 
       490 

38,799 
5,684 
       910 

37,424 
6,002 
       345 

Gross liabilities at end of year..............................................................................  

$45,219 

$45,393 

$43,771 

Prior  accident  years  losses  incurred  in  2004  include  amortization  of  deferred  charges  related  to  retroactive 
reinsurance contracts incepting prior to January 1, 2004.  Amortization charges included in prior accident years losses 
were $451 million in 2004, $432 million in 2003 and $430 million in 2002. 

Certain workers’ compensation reserves are discounted.  Net discounted liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 
were  $2,280  million  and  $2,211  million,  respectively,  and  are  net  of  discounts  totaling  $2,611  million  and  $2,435 
million.  Periodic accretions of these discounts are also a component of prior  years losses incurred.  The accretion of 
discounted liabilities was approximately $87 million in 2004, $85 million in 2003 and $81 million in 2002. 

Incurred  losses  “all  prior  accident  years”  also  reflects  the  amount  of  estimation  error  charged  or  credited  to 
earnings in each year with respect to the liabilities established as of the beginning of that year.  In both 2004 and 2003, 
Berkshire reduced the beginning of the year loss and loss adjustment expense liability by $119 million and $37 million 
respectively.   In  2002,  Berkshire  recorded a  loss  of  $1,029  million  related  to  prior  years  loss occurrences.    The  most 
significant component of losses from prior years occurrences in 2002 was reserve increases with respect to General Re’s 
North American and international property/casualty reinsurance businesses. 

Berkshire’s  insurance  subsidiaries  are  exposed  to  environmental,  asbestos  and  other  latent  injury  claims  arising 
from insurance and reinsurance contracts.  Loss reserve estimates for environmental and asbestos exposures include case 
basis  reserves,  which  also  reflect  reserves  for  legal  and  other  loss  adjustment  expenses  and  IBNR  reserves.    IBNR 
reserves are determined based upon Berkshire’s historic general liability exposure base and policy language, previous 
environmental loss experience and the assessment of current trends of environmental law, environmental cleanup costs, 
asbestos liability law and judgmental settlements of asbestos liabilities. 

The  liabilities  for  environmental,  asbestos,  and  latent  injury  claims  and  claims  expenses  net  of  reinsurance 
recoverables  were  approximately  $5.6  billion  at  December  31,  2004  and  $5.5  billion  at  December  31,  2003.    These 
liabilities include $4.2 billion at December 31, 2004 and $4.4 billion at December 31, 2003, of liabilities assumed under 
retroactive reinsurance contracts written by the Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group.  Claim liabilities arising from 
the retroactive contracts are subject to aggregate policy limits.  Thus, Berkshire’s exposure to environmental and latent 
injury claims under these contracts is, likewise, limited.  Claims paid or reserved under these contracts, which may also 
cover losses unrelated to these exposures, were approximately 85% of aggregate policy limits as of the end of 2004. 

 44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12)  Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses (Continued) 

Berkshire  monitors  evolving  case  law  and  its  effect  on  environmental  and  latent  injury  claims.    Changing 
government  regulations,  newly  identified  toxins,  newly  reported  claims,  new  theories  of  liability,  new  contract 
interpretations  and  other  factors  could  result  in  significant  increases  in  these  liabilities.    Such  development  could  be 
material to Berkshire’s results of operations.  It is not possible to reliably estimate the amount of additional net loss, or 
the range of net loss, that is reasonably possible. 

(13)  Notes payable and other borrowings 

Notes  payable  and  other  borrowings  of  Berkshire  and  its  subsidiaries  are  summarized  below.    Amounts  are  in 

millions. 

Insurance and other: 

December 31,  December 31, 

2004

2003

Issued by Berkshire: 
  SQUARZ notes due 2007.........................................................................................  
Investment Agreements due 2012-2033...................................................................  

Issued by subsidiaries and guaranteed by Berkshire: 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings................................................  
Other debt due 2006-2035........................................................................................  
Issued by subsidiaries and not guaranteed by Berkshire due 2005-2041 ......................  

Finance and financial products: 

Issued by subsidiaries and guaranteed by Berkshire: 

3.4% notes due 2007* ..............................................................................................  
3.375% notes due 2008* ..........................................................................................  
4.20% notes due 2010* ............................................................................................  
4.625% notes due 2013* ..........................................................................................  
5.1% notes due 2014* ..............................................................................................  
Other borrowings .....................................................................................................  
Issued by subsidiaries and not guaranteed by Berkshire due 2005-2030 ......................  

$   400 
406 

1,139 
315 
  1,190

$3,450 

$   699 
1,049 
497 
948 
401 
344 
  1,449

$5,387 

$   400 
632 

1,527 
315 
  1,308

$4,182 

$     — 
744 
497 
744 
— 
809 
  2,143

$4,937 

*Issued by Berkshire Hathaway Finance Corporation. 

Investment agreements represent numerous individual borrowing arrangements under which Berkshire is required 
to periodically pay interest over contract terms, which range from a few months to over 30 years. Interest under such 
contracts may be at fixed or variable rates. The weighted average interest rate on amounts outstanding as of December 
31,  2004  and  2003  was  3.8%  and  3.1%,  respectively.    Under  certain  conditions,  principal  amounts  may  be  redeemed 
without premium prior to the contractual maturity date at the option of the counterparties. 

Commercial  paper  and  other  short-term  borrowings  are  obligations  of  certain  businesses  that  utilize  short-term 
borrowings as part of financing their operations.  Weighted average interest rates as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 
were  2.4%  and  1.3%  respectively.    Berkshire  affiliates  have  approximately  $2.6  billion  of  available  unused  lines  of 
credit and commercial paper capacity to support their short-term borrowing programs and, otherwise, provide additional 
liquidity. 

On May 28, 2002, Berkshire issued 40,000 SQUARZ securities for net proceeds of $398 million.  Each SQUARZ 
security consists of a $10,000 par amount senior note due in November 2007 together with a warrant, which expires in 
May 2007.  The warrants may be exercised to purchase either 0.1116 shares of Class A common stock (effectively at 
$89,606 per share) or 3.3480 shares (effectively at $2,987 per share) of Class B common stock for $10,000.  A warrant 
premium is payable to Berkshire at an annual rate of 3.75% and interest is payable to note holders at a rate of 3.00% per 
annum.  All debt and warrants issued in conjunction with SQUARZ securities were outstanding at December 31, 2004. 

In  2003,  Berkshire  Hathaway  Finance  Corporation  (“BHFC”),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Berkshire,  issued 
$2.0 billion par in the aggregate of senior notes due from 2008 to 2013.  In 2004, BHFC issued an additional $1.6 billion 
par in the aggregate of senior notes due from 2007 to 2014.  The proceeds were used in the financing of manufactured 
housing loan originations and portfolio acquisitions of Clayton Homes.  On January 4, 2005, BHFC issued an additional  

 45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(13)  Notes payable and other borrowings (Continued) 

$3.75  billion  par  amount  of  senior  notes  consisting  of  $1.5  billion  par  of  4.125%  notes  due  2010,  $1.0  billion  par  of 
4.85% notes due 2015, and $1.25 billion par of floating rate notes due 2008.  Aggregate proceeds of $3,733 million were 
used to finance a loan portfolio acquisition on December 30, 2004 by Clayton Homes. 

Generally,  Berkshire’s  guarantee  of  a  subsidiary’s  debt  obligation  is  an  absolute,  unconditional  and  irrevocable 

guarantee for the full and prompt payment when due of all present and future payment obligations of the issuer. 

Payments of principal amounts expected during the next five years are as follows (in millions). 

Insurance and other..............................................................  
Finance and financial products ............................................  

(14)  Income taxes 

2005
$1,388 
     257
$1,645 

2006
$  121 
    133
$  254 

2007
$   554 
     810
$1,364 

2008
$     15 
  1,388
$1,403 

2009
$   293 
     279
$   572 

The liability for income taxes as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 as reflected in the accompanying Consolidated 

Balance Sheets is as follows (in millions). 

2004

2003

Payable currently .................................................................................
Deferred ...............................................................................................

$  1,073 
  11,174

$       44 
  10,950

$12,247 

$10,994 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax 

liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are shown below (in millions). 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Unrealized appreciation of investments ............................................
Deferred charges reinsurance assumed .............................................
Property, plant and equipment ..........................................................
Investments .......................................................................................
Other .................................................................................................

$11,020 
955 
1,201 
509 
       665

$10,663 
1,080 
1,124 
573 
       629

2004

2003

Deferred tax assets: 

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.....................................
Unearned premiums ..........................................................................
Other .................................................................................................

(1,129) 
(388) 
   (1,659) 

(1,299) 
(372) 
   (1,448) 

  14,350

  14,069

   (3,176) 

   (3,119) 

Net deferred tax liability ......................................................................

$11,174 

$10,950 

Deferred  income  taxes  have  not  been  established  with  respect  to  undistributed  earnings  of  certain  foreign 
subsidiaries.  Such earnings are expected to remain reinvested indefinitely and totaled approximately $490 million as of 
December  31,  2004.    Upon  distribution  as  dividends  or  otherwise,  such  amounts  would  be  subject  to  taxation  in  the 
United  States  as  well  as  foreign  countries.    However,  U.S.  tax  liabilities  could  be  offset,  in  whole  or  in  part,  by  tax 
credits allowable from taxes paid to foreign jurisdictions.   Determination of the potential net tax due is impracticable 
due to the complexities of hypothetical calculations involving uncertain timing and amounts of taxable income and the 
effects of multiple taxing jurisdictions. 

The Consolidated Statements of Earnings reflect charges for income taxes as shown below (in millions). 

Federal .................................................................................................
State .....................................................................................................
Foreign .................................................................................................

2004
$  3,313 
108 
       148

2003
$  3,490 
81 
       234

2002
$1,916 
87 
       56

$  3,569 

$  3,805 

$2,059 

Current .................................................................................................
Deferred ...............................................................................................

$  3,746 
     (177) 

$  3,346 
     459

$2,218 
    (159) 

$  3,569 

$  3,805 

$2,059 

 46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14)  Income taxes (Continued) 

Charges for income taxes are reconciled to hypothetical amounts computed at the U.S. Federal statutory rate in the 

table shown below (in millions). 

Earnings before income taxes ..................................................................................
Hypothetical amounts applicable to above 

2004

2003

2002

$10,936 

$12,020 

$6,359 

computed at the Federal statutory rate ..................................................................

$  3,828 

$  4,207 

$2,226 

Tax effects resulting from: 

Tax-exempt interest income..................................................................................
Dividends received deduction...............................................................................
Net earnings of MidAmerican ..............................................................................
State income taxes, less Federal income tax benefit................................................
Foreign rate differences ...........................................................................................
Other differences, net ..............................................................................................

(59) 
(116) 
(83) 
70 
(41) 
       (30) 

(88) 
(100) 
(150) 
53 
(104) 
       (13) 

(109) 
(97) 
(126) 
57 
59 
       49

Total income taxes...................................................................................................

$  3,569 

$  3,805 

$2,059 

(15)  Investment in Value Capital 

Value  Capital  L.P.,  (“Value  Capital”),  a  limited  partnership,  commenced  operations  in  1998.    A  wholly  owned 
Berkshire subsidiary is a limited partner in Value Capital.  The partnership’s objective is to achieve income and capital 
growth from investments and arbitrage in fixed income investments.  Profits and losses (after fees to the general partner) 
are allocated to the partners based upon each partner’s investment.  As a limited partner Berkshire’s exposure to loss is 
limited to the carrying value of its investment.  Berkshire does not guarantee any of Value Capital’s liabilities and has 
no control over decisions made by the management of Value Capital or those of its general partner. 

Prior to January 1, 2004, Berkshire accounted for its investment in Value Capital pursuant to the equity method. 
Effective January 1, 2004 and through June 30, 2004 Berkshire consolidated Value Capital as a result of the adoption of 
FIN 46 because during that period Value Capital was deemed to be a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and Berkshire was 
the primary beneficiary. 

Since June 30, 2004, Value Capital accepted investments from new limited partners unrelated to Berkshire and 
Value Capital redeemed $125 million of Berkshire’s investment in December 2004 as permitted under the partnership 
agreement.  As a result, Berkshire’s economic interest in Value Capital declined from approximately 90% at June 30, 
2004 to approximately 62% as of December 31, 2004. 

Consequently,  Berkshire  reevaluated  its  investment  in  Value  Capital  under  FIN  46  and  concluded  that  Value 
Capital was no longer a VIE.  Since Berkshire possesses no voting or similar rights or other rights that could otherwise 
represent  a  controlling  financial  interest,  Berkshire  ceased  consolidation  of  Value  Capital  as  of  July  1,  2004  and 
resumed accounting for the investment under the equity method.  The investment in Value Capital ($503 million as of 
December  31,  2004  and  $634  million  as  of  December  31,  2003)  is  included  in  other  assets  of  finance  and  financial 
products businesses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

(16)  Dividend restrictions – Insurance subsidiaries 

Payments of dividends by insurance subsidiaries are restricted by insurance statutes and regulations.  Without prior 
regulatory approval, insurance subsidiaries may pay up to approximately $5.7 billion as ordinary dividends during 2005. 

Combined  shareholders’  equity  of  U.S.  based  property/casualty  insurance  subsidiaries  determined  pursuant  to 
statutory  accounting rules  (Statutory  Surplus  as  Regards  Policyholders) was approximately $48 billion at December 
31, 2004 and $41 billion at December 31, 2003. 

Statutory surplus differs from the corresponding amount determined on the basis of GAAP.  The major differences 
between  statutory  basis  accounting  and  GAAP  are  that  deferred  charges  reinsurance  assumed,  deferred  policy 
acquisition  costs,  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  investments  in  securities  with  fixed  maturities  and  related  deferred 
income taxes are recognized under GAAP but not for statutory reporting purposes.  In addition, statutory accounting for 
goodwill  of  acquired  businesses  requires  amortization  of  goodwill  over  10  years,  whereas  under  GAAP,  goodwill  is 
subject to periodic tests for impairment. 

 47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 
(17)  Fair values of financial instruments 

The estimated fair values of Berkshire’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, are as follows 

(in millions). 

Insurance and other: 
  Investments in fixed maturity securities............................................
  Investments in equity securities ........................................................
  Notes payable and other borrowings .................................................
Finance and financial products: 
  Investments in fixed maturity securities............................................
  Trading account assets ......................................................................
  Loans and finance receivables...........................................................
  Notes payable and other borrowings .................................................
  Trading account liabilities .................................................................

Carrying Value
2003
2004

Fair Value

2004

2003

$22,846 
37,717 
3,450 

$26,116 
35,287 
4,182 

$22,846 
37,717 
3,558 

$26,116
35,287
4,334

8,459 
4,234 
9,175 
5,387 
4,794 

9,803 
4,519 
4,951 
4,937 
5,445 

8,648 
4,234 
9,382 
5,499 
4,794 

9,908
4,519
5,067
5,019
5,445

In  determining  fair  value  of  financial  instruments,  Berkshire  used  quoted  market  prices  when  available.    For 
instruments  where  quoted  market prices  were not  available,  independent  pricing  services  or  appraisals  by  Berkshire’s 
management  were  used.    Those  services  and  appraisals  reflected  the  estimated  present  values  utilizing  current  risk 
adjusted market rates of similar instruments.  The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and 
payable, other accruals, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other liabilities are deemed to be reasonable 
estimates of their fair values. 

Considerable  judgment  is  necessarily  required  in  interpreting  market  data  used  to  develop  the  estimates  of  fair 
value.  Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized in 
a  current  market  exchange.    The  use  of  different  market  assumptions  and/or  estimation  methodologies  may  have  a 
material effect on the estimated fair value. 
(18)  Common stock 

Changes in issued and outstanding Berkshire common stock during the three years ended December 31, 2004 are 

shown in the table below. 

Balance December 31, 2001.....................................  
Common stock issued in connection 

with a business acquisition ....................................  

Conversions of Class A common stock 

to Class B common stock and other ......................  
Balance December 31, 2002.....................................  
Conversions of Class A common stock 
  to Class B common stock and other ......................  
Balance December 31, 2003.....................................  
Conversions of Class A common stock 
  to Class B common stock and other ......................  

Balance December 31, 2004.....................................  

Class A Common, $5 Par Value Class B Common $0.1667 Par Value
(1,650,000 shares authorized) 
Shares Issued and 
Outstanding
1,323,410 

(55,000,000 shares authorized) 
Shares Issued and 
Outstanding
6,144,222 

4,505 

   (16,729) 
1,311,186 

   (28,207) 
1,282,979 

   (14,196) 

1,268,783 

7,063 

   552,832
6,704,117 

   905,426
7,609,543 

   489,632

8,099,175 

Each  share  of  Class  B  common  stock  has  dividend  and  distribution  rights  equal  to  one-thirtieth  (1/30)  of  such 
rights  of  a  Class  A  share.  Accordingly,  on  an  equivalent  Class  A  common  stock  basis  there  are  1,538,756  shares 
outstanding as of December 31, 2004 and 1,536,630 shares as of December 31, 2003. 

Each  share  of  Class  A  common  stock  is  convertible,  at  the  option  of  the  holder,  into  thirty  shares  of  Class  B 
common stock.  Class B common stock is not convertible into Class A common stock.  Each share of Class B common 
stock possesses voting rights equivalent to one-two-hundredth (1/200) of the voting rights of a share of Class A common 
stock.  Class A and Class B common shares vote together as a single class. 

 48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(19)  Pension plans 

Certain  Berkshire  subsidiaries  individually  sponsor  defined  benefit  pension  plans  covering  their  employees. 
Benefits under the plans are generally based on years of service and compensation, although benefits under certain plans 
are based on years of service and fixed benefit rates.  Funding policies are generally to contribute amounts required to 
meet regulatory requirements plus additional amounts determined by management based on actuarial valuations.  The 
measurement date for the pension plans is predominantly December 31. 

The  components  of  net  periodic  pension  expense  for  each  of  the  three  years  ending  December  31,  2004  are  as 

follows (in millions). 

Service cost....................................................................................................................... 
Interest cost....................................................................................................................... 
Expected return on plan assets.......................................................................................... 
Curtailment gain ............................................................................................................... 
Net amortization, deferral and other................................................................................. 
Net pension expense ......................................................................................................... 

2004 
$ 109 
189 
(171) 
(70) 
     13 
$   70 

2003 
$ 105 
181 
(159) 
— 
       7 
$ 134 

2002 
$   91 
164 
(147)
— 
       8 
$ 116 

During the third quarter of 2004 a Berkshire subsidiary amended its defined benefit plan to freeze benefits as of the 
end of 2005.  Such an event is considered a curtailment and the curtailment gain included in the table above represents 
the elimination of projected plan benefits beyond the end of 2005 and the recognition of unamortized prior service costs 
and actuarial losses as of the amendment date. 

The increase (decrease) in minimum liabilities included in other comprehensive income were $41 million in 2004, 
$(3)  million  in  2003,  and  $263  million  in  2002.    Such  amounts  include  Berkshire’s  share  of  changes  in  minimum 
liabilities of MidAmerican. 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  is  the  actuarial  present  value  of  benefits  earned  based  on  service  and 
compensation  prior  to  the  valuation  date.  The  projected  benefit  obligation  is  the  actuarial  present  value  of  benefits 
earned  based  upon  service  and  compensation  prior  to  the  valuation  date  and  includes  assumptions  regarding  future 
compensation  levels  when  benefits  are  based  on  those  amounts.    Information  regarding  accumulated  and  projected 
benefit obligations and plan assets are as follows (in millions). 

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year................................................................ 
Service cost....................................................................................................................... 
Interest cost....................................................................................................................... 
Benefits paid..................................................................................................................... 
Actuarial loss and other .................................................................................................... 

2004 
$3,192 
109 
189 
(165) 
      (32) 

2003 
$2,862 
105 
181 
(150)
     194 

Projected benefit obligation, end of year.......................................................................... 

$3,293 

$3,192 

Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year.................................................................... 

$2,908 

$2,676 

Plan assets at fair value, beginning of year....................................................................... 
Employer contributions .................................................................................................... 
Benefits paid..................................................................................................................... 
Actual return on plan assets.............................................................................................. 
Other and expenses........................................................................................................... 
Plan assets at fair value, end of year................................................................................. 

$2,819 
78 
(165) 
302 
         5 
$3,039 

$2,548 
78 
(150)
332 
       11 
$2,819 

Defined  benefit  pension plan  obligations  to  U.S.  employees  are  funded through  assets  held  in  trusts and  are  not 
included as assets in Berkshire’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Pension obligations under certain non-U.S. plans 
and  non-qualified  U.S.  plans  are  unfunded.    As  of  December  31,  2004  and  2003,  total  plan  assets  were  invested  as 
follows: 

Cash and equivalents..................................................................................................... 
U.S. Government obligations ........................................................................................ 
Mortgage-backed securities........................................................................................... 
Corporate obligations .................................................................................................... 
Equity securities ............................................................................................................ 
Other.............................................................................................................................. 

2004 

2003 

$   999 
837 
394 
414 
371 
       24 
$3,039 

$   813 
152 
597 
451 
764 
       42 
$2,819 

 49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 
(19)  Pension plans (Continued) 

Pension  plan  assets  are  generally  invested  with  the  long-term  objective  of  earning  sufficient  amounts  to  cover 
expected  benefit  obligations,  while  assuming  a  prudent  level  of  risk.  There  are  no  target  investment  allocation 
percentages  with  respect  to  individual  or  categories  of  investments.  Allocations  may  change  rapidly  as  a  result  of 
changing market conditions and investment opportunities. The expected rates of return on plan assets reflect Berkshire’s 
subjective  assessment  of  expected  invested  asset  returns  over  a  period  of  several  years.    Berkshire  does  not  give 
significant  consideration  to  past  investment  returns  when  establishing  assumptions  for  expected  long-term  rates  of 
returns  on  plan  assets.    Actual  experience  will  differ  from  the  assumed  rates,  in  particular  over  quarterly  or  annual 
periods as a result of market volatility and changes in the mix of assets. 

The funded status of the plans as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 is as follows (in millions). 

Excess of projected benefit obligations over plan assets .................................................. 
Unrecognized net actuarial gains and other...................................................................... 

2004
$254 
  262

2003
$373 
  135

Accrued benefit cost liability............................................................................................ 

$516 

$508 

The total net deficit status for plans (including unfunded plans) with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of 
plan assets was $425 million and $378 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Expected contributions 
to plans during 2005 are estimated to be $82 million. 

The benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows (in 

millions):  2005 - $146; 2006 - $151; 2007 - $158; 2008 - $169; 2009 - $174; and 2010 to 2014 - $1,133. 

Weighted average assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations were as follows.  These rates are 

substantially the same as the weighted average rates used in determining the net periodic pension expense. 

Discount rate............................................................................................................................  
Discount rate – non-U.S. plans................................................................................................  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.....................................................................  
Rate of compensation increase ................................................................................................  
Rate of compensation increase – non-U.S. plans.....................................................................  

2004
5.9 
5.2 
6.5 
4.5 
3.7 

2003
6.0 
5.3 
6.5 
4.6 
2.6 

Most  Berkshire  subsidiaries  also  sponsor  defined  contribution  retirement  plans,  such  as  401(k)  or  profit  sharing 
plans.  The plans generally cover all employees who meet specified eligibility requirements.  Employee contributions to 
the plans are subject to regulatory limitations and the specific plan provisions.  Berkshire subsidiaries generally match 
these  contributions  up  to  levels  specified  in  the  plans,  and  may  make  additional  discretionary  contributions  as 
determined  by  management.    The  total  expenses related  to  employer  contributions for  these plans were $338  million, 
$242 million and $202 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 
(20)   Supplemental cash flow information 

A  summary  of  supplemental  cash  flow  information  for  each  of  the  three  years  ending  December  31,  2004  is 

presented in the following table (in millions). 

Cash paid during the year for: 

2004

2003

2002

Income taxes................................................................................................................. $2,674 
495 
Interest of finance and financial products businesses ...................................................
146 
Interest of insurance and other businesses....................................................................

$3,309 
372 
215 

$1,945 
509 
207 

Non-cash investing and financing activities: 

Liabilities assumed in connection with acquisitions of businesses...............................
Common shares issued in connection with acquisitions of businesses.........................
Securities sold (purchased) offset by decrease (increase) in repurchase agreements ...
Excess over cost in the value of equity securities acquired from exercise 

72 
— 
2,075 

2,167 
— 
5,936 

700 
324 
6,666 

of warrants..............................................................................................................

585 

— 

— 

 50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(21)  Business segment data 

Berkshire’s  reportable  business  segments  are  organized  in  a  manner  that  reflects  how  management  views  those 
business activities.  Certain businesses have been grouped together for segment reporting based upon similar products or 
product  lines,  marketing,  selling  and  distribution  characteristics,  even  though  those  business  units  are  operated  under 
separate local management.  There are approximately 40 separate business units. 

The tabular information that follows shows data of reportable segments reconciled as needed to amounts reflected 
in the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Intersegment transactions are not eliminated in instances where management 
considers  those  transactions  in  assessing  the  results  of  the  respective  segments.    In  2004,  Berkshire  adopted  the 
provisions  of  EITF  00-21  (“Accounting  for  Revenue  Arrangements  with  Multiple  Deliverables”).    As  a  result,  for 
consolidated  reporting  purposes,  the  method  of  recognizing  revenue  related  to  fractional  aircraft  sales  was  changed.  
Management continues to evaluate the results of NetJets under the prior revenue recognition criteria and thus has shown 
the revenues and earnings before taxes for the Flight Services segment using the former revenue recognition method.  
Furthermore,  Berkshire  management  does  not  consider  investment  gains  or  amortization  of  purchase  accounting 
adjustments in assessing the performance of reporting units.  Collectively, these items are included in reconciliations of 
segment amounts to consolidated amounts. 

Business Identity 

GEICO 

General Re 

Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group 

Berkshire Hathaway Primary Group 

Business Activity 

Underwriting private passenger automobile insurance 
mainly by direct response methods 

Underwriting excess-of-loss, quota-share and facultative 
reinsurance worldwide 

Underwriting excess-of-loss and quota-share reinsurance for 
property and casualty insurers and reinsurers 

Underwriting multiple lines of property and casualty 
insurance policies for primarily commercial accounts 

Fruit of the Loom, Garan, Fechheimer Brothers, 
H.H. Brown Shoe, Lowell Shoe, Justin Brands 
and Dexter Shoe (“Apparel”) 

Manufacturing and distribution of a variety of footwear and 
clothing products, including underwear, activewear, 
children’s clothes and uniforms 

Acme Building Brands, Benjamin Moore, Johns 
Manville and MiTek (“Building products”) 

Manufacturing and distribution of a variety of building 
materials and related products and services 

BH Finance, Clayton Homes, XTRA, CORT, 
Berkshire Hathaway Life and General Re 
Securities (“Finance and financial products”) 

FlightSafety and NetJets (“Flight services”) 

McLane Company 

Nebraska Furniture Mart, R.C. Willey Home 
Furnishings, Star Furniture Company, Jordan’s 
Furniture, Borsheim’s, Helzberg Diamond Shops 
and Ben Bridge Jeweler (“Retail”) 

Shaw Industries 

Proprietary investing, manufactured housing and related 
consumer financing, transportation equipment leasing, 
furniture leasing, life annuities and risk management 
products 

Training to operators of aircraft and ships and providing 
fractional ownership programs for general aviation aircraft 

Wholesale distributing of groceries and non-food items 

Retail sales of home furnishings, appliances, electronics, 
fine jewelry and gifts 

Manufacturing and distribution of carpet and floor 
coverings under a variety of brand names 

Other businesses not specifically identified consist of:  Scott Fetzer, a diversified manufacturer and distributor of 
commercial  and  industrial  products;  Buffalo  News,  a  newspaper  publisher  in Western  New  York;  International  Dairy 
Queen,  which  licenses  and  services  a  system  of  about  6,000  Dairy  Queen  stores;  See’s  Candies,  a  manufacturer  and 
distributor  of  boxed  chocolates  and  other  confectionery  products;  Larson-Juhl,  which  designs,  manufactures,  and 
distributes  custom  picture  framing  products;  CTB  International,  a  manufacturer  of  equipment  and  systems  for  the 
poultry, hog, egg production and grain industries and The Pampered Chef, a direct seller of kitchen tools. 

 51

 
 
 
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(21)  Business segment data (Continued) 

A disaggregation of Berkshire’s consolidated data for each of the three most recent years is presented in the tables 

which follow on this and the following page.  Amounts are in millions. 

Operating Businesses: 
Insurance group: 

Premiums earned: 

GEICO....................................................................................................  
General Re ..............................................................................................  
Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group................................................  
Berkshire Hathaway Primary Group.......................................................  
Investment income ....................................................................................  
Total insurance group...................................................................................  

Apparel.........................................................................................................  
Building products .........................................................................................  
Finance and financial products.....................................................................  
Flight services ..............................................................................................  
McLane Company ........................................................................................  
Retail ............................................................................................................  
Shaw Industries ............................................................................................  
Other businesses...........................................................................................  

2004

$  8,915 
7,245 
3,714 
1,211 
    2,842
23,927 

2,200 
4,337 
3,774 
3,244 
23,373 
2,601 
5,174 
    3,213
71,843 

Revenues 
2003

$  7,784 
8,245 
4,430 
1,034 
    3,238
24,731 

2,075 
3,846 
3,045 
2,431 
13,743 
2,311 
4,660 
    3,040
59,882 

2002

$  6,670 
8,500 
3,300 
712 
    3,067
22,249 

1,619 
3,702 
2,234 
2,837 
— 
2,103 
4,334 
    2,375
41,453 

Reconciliation of segments to consolidated amount: 

Investment gains........................................................................................  
Other revenues...........................................................................................  
Eliminations and other...............................................................................  

3,496 
53 
  (1,010) 

4,129 
39 
     (191) 

918 
29 
     (165) 

$74,382 

$63,859 

$42,235 

Operating Businesses: 
Insurance group: 

Underwriting gain (loss): 

Earnings (loss) before taxes 
2003

2002

2004

GEICO....................................................................................................  
General Re ..............................................................................................  
Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group................................................  
Berkshire Hathaway Primary Group.......................................................  
Net investment income ..............................................................................  
Total insurance group...................................................................................  

Apparel.........................................................................................................  
Building products .........................................................................................  
Finance and financial products.....................................................................  
Flight services ..............................................................................................  
McLane Company ........................................................................................  
Retail ............................................................................................................  
Shaw Industries ............................................................................................  
Other businesses...........................................................................................  

$     970 
3 
417 
161 
    2,824
4,375 

325 
643 
584 
191 
228 
163 
466 
       465
7,440 

$     452 
145 
1,047 
74 
    3,223
4,941 

289 
559 
619 
72 
150 
165 
436 
       486
7,717 

Reconciliation of segments to consolidated amount: 

Investment gains........................................................................................  
Equity in earnings of MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company..............  
Interest expense, excluding interest allocated to business segments .........  
Eliminations and other...............................................................................  

3,489 
237 
(92) 
     (138) 

4,121 
429 
(94) 
     (153) 

$     416 
(1,393) 
547 
32 
    3,050
2,652 

229 
516 
726 
225 
— 
166 
424 
       381
5,319 

884 
359 
(86) 
     (117) 

$10,936 

$12,020 

$  6,359 

 52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(21)  Business segment data (Continued) 

Operating Businesses: 

Capital expenditures * 
2002
2003
2004

Depreciation 
of tangible assets 
2003

2002

2004

Insurance group.................................................................   $    52  $     55
71
Apparel..............................................................................  
170
Building products ..............................................................  
232
Finance and financial products..........................................  
150
Flight services ...................................................................  
51
McLane Company.............................................................  
106
Retail .................................................................................  
120
Shaw Industries .................................................................  
Other businesses................................................................  
       47

51 
219 
296 
155 
136 
126 
125 
      41

$   53 
51 
158 
51 
241 
— 
113 
196 
     65

$   52  $   63 
51 
174 
161 
136 
59 
51 
91 
     43

52 
172 
183 
146 
107 
56 
99 
     44

$   52 
37 
152 
150 
127 
— 
40 
91 
     30

$1,201  $1,002

$ 928 

$ 911  $ 829 

$ 679 

*  Excludes capital expenditures which were part of business acquisitions. 

Operating Businesses: 
Insurance group: 

Goodwill 
at year-end 

2004

2003

Identifiable assets 
at year-end 

2004

2003

GEICO ..................................................................................
General Re ............................................................................
Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance and Primary Groups........
Total insurance group ..............................................................

Apparel (1) ................................................................................
Building products ....................................................................
Finance and financial products ................................................
Flight services..........................................................................
McLane Company (2) ...............................................................
Retail .......................................................................................
Shaw Industries........................................................................
Other businesses (3) ..................................................................

$  1,370 
13,518 
      143
15,031 

54 
2,159 
911 
1,369 
158 
434 
1,979 
       917

$  1,370 
13,515 
      143
15,028 

57
2,131 
877 
1,369 
145
434 
1,996 
       911

$  15,968  $  14,088 
38,831 
   56,085
109,004 

37,734 
   61,057
114,759 

1,582 
2,803 
30,086 
2,823 
2,349 
1,669 
2,153 
      1,875

1,523 
2,593 
28,338 
2,875 
2,243 
1,495 
1,999 
      1,813

$23,012 

$22,948 

160,099 

151,883 

Reconciliation of segments to consolidated amount: 
  Corporate and other..............................................................
  Investments in MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company ..
  Goodwill ..............................................................................

1,796 
3,967 
    23,012

1,829 
3,899 
    22,948

$188,874  $180,559 

2003
Excludes other intangible assets not subject to amortization of ................  $311  $311 
65 
Excludes other intangible assets not subject to amortization of ................ 
697 
Excludes other intangible assets not subject to amortization of ................ 

65 
697 

2004

(1)

(2)

(3)

Insurance  premiums  written  by  geographic  region  (based  upon  the  domicile  of  the  insured  or  reinsured)  are 

summarized below.  Dollars are in millions. 

United States .......................................................
Western Europe ...................................................
All other ..............................................................

Property/Casualty 
2003
$14,701 
3,880 
       797

2002
$14,297 
3,870 
       800

2004
$14,886 
3,533 
       587

2004
$1,040 
361 
     621

Life/Health 
2003
$1,031 
297 
     510

2002
$1,153
411
     335

$19,006 

$19,378 

$18,967 

$2,022 

$1,838 

$1,899

 53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued) 

(21)  Business segment data (Continued) 

Consolidated  sales  and  service  revenues  in  2004,  2003  and  2002  totaled  $43.2  billion,  $32.1  billion  and  $17.0 
billion respectively.  Over 90% of such amounts in each year were in the United States with the remainder primarily in 
Canada and Europe.  In 2004, consolidated sales and service revenues included $8.5 billion of sales to Wal-Mart Stores, 
Inc. which were primarily related to McLane’s wholesale distribution business that Berkshire acquired in May 2003. 

Premiums written and earned by Berkshire’s property/casualty and life/health insurance businesses during each of 

the three years ending December 31, 2004 are summarized below.  Dollars are in millions. 

Property/Casualty 
2003

2002

2004

Life/Health 
2003

2002

2004

Premiums Written: 

Direct................................................................
Assumed ...........................................................
Ceded................................................................

$11,483 
8,039 
     (516) 

$10,710 
9,227 
     (559) 

$  9,457 
10,471 
     (961) 

$2,775 
   (753) 

$2,517 
   (679) 

$2,031 
   (132) 

$19,006 

$19,378 

$18,967 

$2,022 

$1,838 

$1,899 

Premiums Earned: 

Direct................................................................
Assumed ...........................................................
Ceded................................................................

$11,301 
8,278 
     (509) 

$10,342 
9,992 
     (688) 

$  8,825 
9,293 
     (822) 

$2,769 
   (754) 

$2,520 
   (673) 

$2,021 
   (135) 

$19,070 

$19,646 

$17,296 

$2,015 

$1,847 

$1,886 

(22)  Contingencies and Commitments 

Berkshire and its subsidiaries are parties in a variety of legal actions arising out of the normal course of business. 
In particular, such legal actions affect Berkshire’s insurance and reinsurance businesses.  Such litigation generally seeks 
to establish liability directly through insurance contracts or indirectly through reinsurance contracts issued by Berkshire 
subsidiaries.  Plaintiffs occasionally seek punitive or exemplary damages.  Berkshire does not believe that such normal 
and routine litigation will have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.  Berkshire and certain 
of its subsidiaries are also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert or may assert claims or seek to 
impose fines and penalties in substantial amounts and are described below. 

In  October  2003,  General  Reinsurance  Corporation  (“General  Reinsurance”),  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of 
General Re Corporation (“General Re”), and four of its current and former employees, including its former president, 
received subpoenas for documents from the U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of Virginia, Richmond Division (the 
“U.S. Attorney”) in connection with the U.S. Attorney’s investigation of Reciprocal of America (“ROA”).  ROA was a 
Virginia-based  reciprocal  insurer  of  physician,  hospital  and  lawyer  professional  liability  risks.    General  Reinsurance 
provided various reinsurance coverages to ROA from the late 1970’s through 2002.  In December 2004 and on several 
occasions since then, the U.S. Attorney and the Department of Justice in Washington requested additional information 
related  to  ROA  and  its  affiliate,  First  Virginia  Reinsurance,  Ltd.,  and  information  related  to  transactions  between 
General Reinsurance or its subsidiaries and other insurers.  General Reinsurance has been providing such information 
and cooperating fully with the U.S. Attorney and the Department of Justice in their ongoing investigation.  Berkshire 
cannot at this time predict the outcome of this investigation, is unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, and 
cannot predict whether or not that outcome will have a material adverse effect on Berkshire’s results of operations for at 
least the quarterly period when this investigation is completed or otherwise resolved. 

General  Reinsurance  and  four of  its  current  and former  employees,  along  with  numerous  other  defendants,  also 
have  been  sued  in  several  civil  actions  related  to  ROA,  including  actions  brought  by  the  Virginia  Commissioner  of 
Insurance,  as  Deputy  Receiver  of  ROA,  and  the  Tennessee  Commissioner  of  Insurance,  as  Liquidator  for  three 
Tennessee  risk  retention  groups.    Plaintiffs  assert  various  claims,  including  fraud  and  conspiracy,  against  General 
Reinsurance and others.  General Reinsurance intends to deny the allegations but Berkshire cannot at this time predict 
the outcome of these actions, is unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, and cannot predict whether or not that 
outcome will have a material adverse effect on Berkshire’s results of operations for at least the quarterly period when 
these actions are resolved. 

In December 2004, General Re received a request from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) 
for  documents  and  information  relating  to  non-traditional  products.    In  January  2005,  General  Re  also  received  a 
subpoena for the same documents and information from both the SEC and the New York State Attorney General.  The 
subpoenas  apply  to  General  Re  and  its  affiliates,  including  Berkshire  Hathaway  Inc.,  as  well  as  Berkshire’s  other 
insurance subsidiaries.  General Re, Berkshire and certain of its other insurance subsidiaries have been cooperating fully 
with  the  SEC  and  the  New  York  State  Attorney  General,  including  by  providing  them  with  information  relating  to  

 54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(22)  Contingencies and Commitments (Continued) 

transactions between General Re or its subsidiaries and other insurers.  Berkshire cannot at this time predict the outcome 
of  these  investigations,  is  unable  to  estimate  a  range  of  possible  loss,  if  any,  and  cannot  predict  whether  or  not  that 
outcome will have a material adverse effect on Berkshire’s results of operations for at least the quarterly period when 
these investigations are completed or otherwise resolved. 

The Liquidator of both FAI Insurance Limited and HIH Insurance Limited has advised two subsidiaries of General 
Reinsurance,  General  Reinsurance  Australia  (“GRA”)  and  Kolnische  Ruckversicherungs-Gessellschaft  (“KR”),  of 
claims it intends to assert arising from insurance transactions GRA entered into with FAI in May and June 1998.  The 
Liquidator  contends,  among  other  things,  that  GRA  and  KR  engaged  in  deceptive  conduct  that  assisted  FAI  in 
improperly accounting for such transactions as reinsurance, and that such deception was a causal factor that led to the 
insolvency of HIH.  GRA and KR do not know whether the Liquidator will pursue these or other claims, and Berkshire 
cannot  predict  the  outcome  of  any  such  action  and  is  unable  to  estimate  a  range  of  possible  loss,  if  any,  and  cannot 
predict whether or not that outcome will have a material adverse effect on Berkshire’s results of operations for at least 
the quarterly period when such action, if any, is resolved. 

GEICO  is  a  defendant  in  a  number  of  class  action  lawsuits  related  to  the  use  of  certain  aftermarket  parts  to 
calculate  the  costs  of  repairing  claimants  vehicles.    GEICO  intends  to  vigorously  defend  its  position  on  these  claim 
settlement procedures.  These lawsuits are in various stages of development and Berkshire cannot at this time predict the 
outcome of these actions, is unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, and cannot predict whether or not that 
outcome will have a material adverse effect on Berkshire’s results of operations for at least the quarterly period when 
these actions are resolved. 

The  Company  leases  certain  manufacturing,  warehouse,  retail  and  office  facilities  as  well  as  certain  equipment. 
Total rent expense for all leases was $422 million, $384 million and $312 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. 
Minimum rental payments for operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year 
are as follows.  Amounts are in millions. 

2005

$364 

2006

$290 

2007

$238 

2008

$180 

2009

$148 

After 
2009

$408 

Total

$1,628 

Several of the Company’s subsidiaries have made long-term commitments to purchase goods and services used in 
their businesses.  The most significant of these relate to NetJets’ commitments to purchase up to 340 aircraft through 
2014.    Commitments  under  all  such  subsidiary  arrangements  are  approximately  $3.1  billion  in  2005,  $1.2  billion  in 
2006, $1.1 billion in 2007, $990 million in 2008, $514 million in 2009 and $867 million after 2009. 

(23)  Quarterly data 

A summary of revenues and earnings by quarter for each of the last two years is presented in the following table. 

This information is unaudited.  Dollars are in millions, except per share amounts. 
1st

Revenues..................................................................................................  $17,184 
Net earnings (1) ......................................................................................... 
1,550 
1,008 
Net earnings per equivalent Class A common share................................ 

2nd

Quarter Quarter
$17,996 
1,282 
834 

3rd
Quarter
$19,172 
1,137 
739 

4th
Quarter
$20,030
3,339
2,171

2004

2003

Revenues.................................................................................................. $11,376 
Net earnings (1) .........................................................................................
1,730 
1,127 
Net earnings per equivalent Class A common share................................
(1) 

$14,396 
2,229 
1,452 

$18,232 
1,806 
1,176 

$19,855
2,386
1,553

Includes investment gains, which, for any given period have no predictive value, and variations in amount from period to period 
have no practical analytical value, particularly in view of the unrealized appreciation now existing in Berkshire’s consolidated 
investment portfolio.  After-tax investment gains for the periods presented above are as follows: 
2nd
Quarter
$(172) 
905 

Investment gains – 2004......................................................................................  
Investment gains – 2003......................................................................................  

1st
Quarter
$415 
526 

4th
Quarter
$1,498 
845 

3rd
Quarter
$518 
453 

 55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, 
as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-15(f).  Under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 as required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 
13a-15(c).  In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth in the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal 
Control  –  Integrated  Framework,  our  management  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of 
December 31, 2004. 

Our  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2004  has  been 
audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears below. 

Berkshire Hathaway Inc. 
March 2, 2005 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
Berkshire Hathaway Inc. 

We  have  audited  management’s  assessment,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial 
Reporting, that Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as 
of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).    Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.    Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting,  evaluating  management’s  assessment,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control,  and 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis 
for our opinions. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of,  the  company’s  principal 
executive  and  principal  financial  officers,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  and  effected  by  the  company’s  board  of  directors, 
management,  and  other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over 
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately 
and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of 
the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or  improper 
management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that 
the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States),  the 
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 of the Company and our report dated March 3, 2005 
expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

Omaha, Nebraska 
March 3, 2005 

56 

 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 
and Subsidiaries 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Results of Operations 

Net earnings for each of the past three years are disaggregated in the table that follows.  Amounts are after deducting 

income taxes and minority interests.  Dollars are in millions. 

2004

2003

2002

Insurance – underwriting...............................................................................................  
Insurance – investment income .....................................................................................  
Non-insurance businesses .............................................................................................  
Equity in earnings of MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company .................................  
Interest expense, unallocated ........................................................................................  
Other .............................................................................................................................  
Investment gains ...........................................................................................................  

$1,008 
2,045 
1,913 
237 
(59) 
(95) 

  2,259

$1,114 
2,276 
1,745 
429 
(59) 
(83) 
  2,729

$  (284) 
2,096 
1,668 
359 
(55) 
(64) 

      566

Net earnings......................................................................................................  

$7,308 

$8,151 

$ 4,286 

Berkshire’s  operating  businesses  are  managed  on  a  decentralized  basis.    There  are  essentially  no  centralized  or 
integrated  business  functions  (such  as  sales,  marketing,  purchasing  or  human  resources)  and  there  is  minimal  involvement  by 
Berkshire’s corporate headquarters in the day-to-day business activities of the operating businesses.  Berkshire’s corporate office 
management participates in and is ultimately responsible for significant capital allocation decisions, investment activities and the 
selection of the Chief Executive to head each of the operating businesses. 

Accordingly,  Berkshire’s  reportable  business  segments  are  organized  in  a  manner  that  reflects  how  Berkshire’s  top 
management views those business activities.  Certain businesses have been grouped based upon similar products or product lines, 
marketing,  selling  and  distribution  characteristics  even  though  those  businesses  are  operated  by  separate  local  management. 
There are approximately 40 separate reporting units. 

The  business  segment  data  (Note  21  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements)  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  this 

discussion. 

Insurance — Underwriting 

A summary follows of underwriting results from Berkshire’s insurance businesses for the past three years.  Dollars are 

in millions. 

Underwriting gain (loss) attributable to: 

2004

2003

2002

GEICO ....................................................................................................................  
General Re ..............................................................................................................  
Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group................................................................  
Berkshire Hathaway Primary Group.......................................................................  
Underwriting gain (loss) — pre-tax ..............................................................................  
Income taxes and minority interests..............................................................................  

$     970 
3 
417 
       161
1,551 
       543

$     452 
145 
1,047 
         74
1,718 
       604

$     416 
(1,393) 
547 
         32

(398) 
     (114) 

Net underwriting gain (loss) .............................................................................  

$  1,008 

$  1,114 

$   (284) 

Berkshire  engages  in  both  primary  insurance  and  reinsurance  of  property  and  casualty  risks.    Through  General  Re, 
Berkshire also reinsures life and health risks.  In primary insurance activities, Berkshire subsidiaries assume defined portions of 
the  risks  of  loss  from  persons  or  organizations  that  are  directly  subject  to  the  risks.    In  reinsurance  activities,  Berkshire 
subsidiaries assume defined portions of similar or dissimilar risks that other insurers or reinsurers have subjected themselves to in 
their own insuring activities.  Berkshire’s principal insurance businesses are: (1) GEICO, one of the five largest auto insurers in 
the U.S., (2) General Re, one of the four largest reinsurers in the world, (3) Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group (“BHRG”) 
and  (4)  Berkshire  Hathaway  Primary  Group.  Berkshire’s  management  views  insurance  businesses  as  possessing  two  distinct 
operations – underwriting and investing.  Accordingly, Berkshire evaluates performance of underwriting operations without any 
allocation of investment income. 

A significant marketing strategy followed by all these businesses is the maintenance of extraordinary capital strength. 
Statutory  surplus  of  Berkshire’s  insurance  businesses  totaled  approximately  $48  billion  at  December  31,  2004.    This  superior 
capital strength creates opportunities, especially with respect to reinsurance activities, to negotiate and enter into insurance and 
reinsurance  contracts  specially  designed  to  meet  unique  needs  of  sophisticated  insurance  and  reinsurance  buyers.    Additional 
information regarding Berkshire’s insurance and reinsurance operations follows. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Insurance — Underwriting (Continued) 

GEICO

GEICO  provides  primarily  private  passenger  automobile  coverages  to  insureds  in  49  states  and  the  District  of 
Columbia.  GEICO policies are marketed mainly by direct response methods in which customers apply for coverage directly to 
the company over the telephone, through the mail or via the Internet.  This is a significant element in GEICO’s strategy to be a 
low  cost  insurer.    In  addition,  GEICO  strives  to  provide  excellent  service  to  customers,  with  the  goal  of  establishing  long-term 
customer relationships. 

GEICO’s underwriting results for the past three years are summarized below.  Dollars are in millions. 

Premiums written ...............................................................

2004

Amount
$9,212 

%

2003

2002

Amount

$8,081 

%

Amount

$6,963 

%

Premiums earned................................................................
Losses and loss adjustment expenses .................................
Underwriting expenses.......................................................
Total losses and expenses...................................................

$8,915
6,360 
  1,585
  7,945

100.0
71.3 
  17.8
  89.1 

Pre-tax underwriting gain...................................................

$   970 

100.0
76.5 
  17.7
  94.2 

$7,784
5,955 
  1,377
  7,332

$   452 

100.0
77.0 
  16.8
  93.8 

$6,670
5,137 
  1,117
  6,254

$   416 

Premiums earned in 2004 and 2003 increased 14.5% and 16.7%, respectively, over the corresponding prior year amounts. 
The growth in premiums earned in 2004 for voluntary auto was 14.2% and reflects an 11.8% increase in policies-in-force during the 
past year and average rate increases of less than two percent.  During the third quarter of 2004 GEICO began selling auto insurance in 
New  Jersey,  which  will  contribute  to  future  policies-in-force  growth.    In  late  2004  and  early  2005,  rate  decreases  have  been 
implemented in several states in response to improved claims experience. 

During  2004,  policies-in-force  increased  8.8%  in  the  preferred  risk  markets  and  21.6%  in  the  standard and nonstandard 
markets.    Voluntary  auto  new  business  sales  in  2004  increased  14.9%  compared  to  2003.    Voluntary  auto  policies-in-force  at 
December 31, 2004 were 635,000 higher than at December 31, 2003 and reflect strong growth in the standard and nonstandard lines. 

Losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  in  2004  totaled  $6,360  million,  an  increase  of  6.8%  over  2003.    The  loss  ratio 
declined to 71.3% in 2004 compared to 76.5% in 2003 and 77.0% in 2002 primarily due to decreasing claim frequencies across all 
markets  and  most  coverage  types.    In  2004,  claims  frequencies  for  physical  damage  coverages  have  decreased  in  the  two  to  four 
percent range from 2003 while frequencies for bodily injury coverages decreased in the three to five percent range.  Bodily injury 
severity in 2004 increased in the two to four percent range over 2003 while physical damage severity has increased in the three to six 
percent range.  Incurred losses from catastrophe events totaled approximately $71 million in 2004 (primarily from the hurricanes in 
the third quarter) compared to $57 million in 2003. 

Underwriting expenses in 2004 totaled $1,585 million, an increase of 15.1% over 2003, which increased 23.3% over 
2002.  Policy acquisition expenses in 2004 increased 21.5% over 2003 to $889 million reflecting increased advertising and other 
costs associated with the increase in policies-in-force.  Other operating expenses for 2004 were $696 million, an increase of 7.7% 
over 2003.  The increase in other expenses was due to higher salary, profit sharing and other employee benefit expenses. 

General Re 

General  Re  conducts  a  reinsurance  business  offering  property  and  casualty  and  life  and  health  coverages  to  clients 
worldwide.    In  North  America,  property  and  casualty  reinsurance  is  written  on  a  direct  basis  through  General  Reinsurance 
Corporation.    Internationally,  property  and  casualty  reinsurance  is  written  on  a  direct  basis  through  91%  owned  Cologne  Re 
(based in Germany) and other wholly-owned affiliates as well as through brokers with respect to Faraday in London.  Life and 
health  reinsurance  is  written  for  clients  worldwide  through  Cologne  Re.    General  Re’s  pre-tax  underwriting  results  are 
summarized for the past three years in the following table.  Amounts are in millions. 

Premiums written
2003

2004

2002

2004

Premiums earned
2003

2002

Pre-tax underwriting 
gain (loss)

2004

2003

2002

Property/casualty: 
  North American ......... 
International ............... 
Life/health ....................... 

Property/casualty 

$2,747 
2,091 
  2,022
$6,860 

$3,440 
2,742 
  1,839
$8,021 

$3,975 
2,647 
  1,899
$8,521 

  $3,012   $3,551
  2,218  
2,847
  1,847
    2,015  
  $7,245   $8,245

  $3,967 
  2,647 
    1,886
  $8,500 

  $    11 
(93) 

        85
  $      3 

  $     67 
20 
         58
  $   145 

  $(1,019) 
(319) 
       (55) 
  $(1,393) 

North  American  property/casualty  premiums  written  in  2004  declined  20.1%  from 2003 and 2003 premiums written 
declined 13.5% compared to 2002.  International property and casualty premiums written in 2004 decreased 23.7% from 2003, 
which increased 3.6% over 2002.  The declines in 2004 reflect reductions in the amounts of business accepted over the past two 
years, offset in part by higher rates.  Underwriting performance is not evaluated based upon market share and underwriters are 
instructed  to  reject  inadequately  priced  risks.    Management  expects  written  premiums  to  continue  to  decline  during  2005, 
primarily due to maintaining underwriting discipline in an increasingly price-competitive property/casualty market. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance — Underwriting (Continued) 

General Re (Continued) 

Property/casualty (Continued) 

The decline in premiums earned in 2004 from North American operations was attributed to cancellations/non-renewals 
over  new  contracts  (estimated  at  $697  million),  partially  offset  by  renewal  rate  increases  and  changes  in  renewal  terms  and 
conditions across all lines of business (estimated at $158 million).  The decline in premiums earned in 2003 from 2002 reflected 
cancellations/non-renewals exceeding new contracts (estimated at $761 million), partially offset by rate increases across all lines 
(estimated  at  $345  million).    The  decline  in  international  premiums  earned  in  2004  versus  2003  reflected  the  reductions  of 
premium volume partially offset by a lower value of the U.S. dollar.  In local currencies, 2004 premiums earned declined 29.1% 
compared with 2003, which, in turn, declined 5.5% in 2003 versus 2002. 

The North American property/casualty business produced a pre-tax underwriting gain of $11 million in 2004 compared 
with a gain of $67 million in 2003, and a loss of $1,019 million in 2002.  The $11 million net underwriting gain in 2004 was 
comprised of current accident year gains of $166 million, partially offset by $155 million in prior accident year losses.  Current 
accident  year  results  included  approximately  $120  million  of  catastrophe  losses  from  the  four  hurricanes  that  struck  the 
Southeast United States in the third quarter.  Despite these losses, current accident year underwriting results benefited from the 
favorable effects of re-pricing efforts and improved coverage terms and conditions implemented over the past three years and a 
one time reduction of $70 million in pension expense during the third quarter, resulting from the curtailment of certain benefits at 
the  end  of  2005.    Underwriting  results  for  2003  included  net  underwriting  gains  for  the  current  accident  year  of $200 million 
compared to $66 million in 2002.  The current accident year results in 2003 and 2002 reflected re-pricing efforts and unusually 
low amounts of large individual and catastrophe-related property losses.  In both 2003 and 2002, the current accident year gains 
were reduced or eliminated by additional losses ($133 million in 2003 and $1,085 million in 2002) established for prior accident 
years’ loss occurrences. 

In 2004, the $155 million charge related to prior accident year loss occurrences consisted of $729 million of increases 
in casualty and workers’ compensation reserves, $110 million related to discount accretion on workers’ compensation reserves 
and deferred charge amortization on retroactive reinsurance coverages, offset by $307 million of reserve reductions for prior year 
property losses and $377 million of gains associated with contract commutations and settlements.  The aforementioned increases 
in workers’ compensation reserves in 2004 reflected escalating medical utilization and inflation, and casualty reserve increases 
related  primarily  to  losses  under  financial  institutions  errors  and  omissions  and  directors  and  officers’  lines  of  business  and 
asbestos and environmental mass tort exposures.  The decrease in property reserves in 2004 was primarily due to reductions in 
estimated World Trade Center losses. 

As previously stated, underwriting results in 2003 and 2002 included $133 million and $1,085 million, respectively, in 
losses  related  to  prior  accident  years,  which  included  $99  million  and  $95  million,  respectively,  from  discount  accretion  on 
workers’  compensation  reserves  and  deferred  charge  amortization  on  retroactive  reinsurance  contracts.    In  2002,  reserve 
increases  also  included  $990  million  in  increased  loss  estimates  mostly  related  to  casualty  lines  of  business  (general  liability, 
workers’ compensation, medical malpractice, auto liability and professional liability coverages), principally for the 1997 through 
2000 accident years, partially offset by $115 million of reserve reductions related to reduced estimates for certain World Trade 
Center claims. 

Although loss reserve levels are now believed to be adequate, there are no guarantees.  A relatively small change in the 
estimate  of  net  reserves  can  produce  large  changes  in  annual  underwriting  results.    In  addition,  the  timing  and  magnitude  of 
catastrophe and large individual property losses are expected to continue to contribute to volatile periodic underwriting results in 
the future.  See “Critical Accounting Policies” for additional information concerning loss reserves. 

International property/casualty businesses produced a pre-tax underwriting loss of $93 million in 2004 compared with 
a  gain  of  $20  million  in  2003,  and  a  loss  of  $319  million  in  2002.    Underwriting  results  in  2004  include  $110  million  of 
catastrophe losses from the third quarter hurricanes.  In 2003, losses from catastrophes and large individual property losses were 
minimal and in 2002 totaled $124 million, primarily from flood and storm losses in Europe.  Underwriting results for each of the 
last  three  years  benefited  from  favorable  results  of  the  aviation  business  and  relatively  low  non-catastrophe  property  losses.  
Underwriting results of the international businesses have improved overall over the last two years as a result of re-pricing efforts 
and  more  disciplined  underwriting.  Underwriting  results  of  the  international  property  and  casualty  businesses  included  losses 
from prior years’ loss occurrences of $102 million in 2004, $104 million in 2003 and $320 million in 2002. 

Life and health 

Life and health premiums earned in 2004 increased $168 million (9.1%) over 2003, which decreased by $39 million 
(2.1%) compared with 2002.  Adjusting for the effects of foreign currency exchange, premiums earned increased 3.7% in 2004 
and declined 9.6% in 2003.  The increase in premiums earned is due in part to the strengthening of foreign currencies and an 
increase  in  European  life  business.    The  decline  in  2003  was  primarily  due  to  decreases  in  the  group  and  individual  health 
businesses in the U.S. life/health operations. 

Underwriting results for the global life/health operations produced pre-tax underwriting gains of $85 million in 2004 
and  $58  million  in  2003,  compared  with  an  underwriting  loss  of  $55  million  in  2002.    While  both  the  U.S.  and  international 
life/health  operations  were  profitable  in  both  2004  and  2003,  most  of  the  gains  were  earned  in  the  international  life  business.  
The underwriting losses for 2002 were principally due to increased reserves on run-off business in the U.S. life/health operations. 

59 

 
Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Insurance — Underwriting (Continued) 

Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Group

The  Berkshire  Hathaway  Reinsurance  Group  (“BHRG”)  underwrites  excess-of-loss  reinsurance  and  quota-share 
coverages  for  insurers  and  reinsurers  around  the  world.    BHRG’s  business  includes  catastrophe  excess-of-loss  reinsurance, 
excess  direct  and  facultative  reinsurance  for  large  or  otherwise  unusual  discrete  property  risks  referred  to  as  individual  risk.  
Retroactive reinsurance policies provide indemnification of losses and loss adjustment expenses with respect to past loss events.  
Other  multi-line  reinsurance  refers  to  other  contracts  that  are  written  on  both  a  quota-share  and  excess  basis,  and  include 
participations in and contracts with Lloyd’s syndicates.  Amounts in the table below are in millions. 

Catastrophe and individual risk ......................................  
Retroactive reinsurance ..................................................  
Other multi-line ..............................................................  

Premiums earned
2003
$1,330 
526 
  2,574

2004
$1,462 
188 
  2,064

2002
$1,283 
407 
  1,610

Pre-tax underwriting gain (loss)
2002
2003
2004
$1,006 
$1,108 
$   385 
(433) 
(387) 
(412) 
     (26) 

     326

     444

Total ...............................................................................  

$3,714 

$4,430 

$3,300 

$   417 

$1,047 

$   547 

Catastrophe  and  individual  risk  contracts  may  provide  exceptionally  large  limits  of  indemnification,  often  several 
hundred million dollars and occasionally in excess of $1 billion, and cover catastrophe risks (such as hurricanes, earthquakes or 
other natural disasters) or other property risks (such as aviation and aerospace, commercial multi-peril or terrorism).  Catastrophe 
and  individual  business  written  totaled  about  $1.5  billion  in  2004  and  $1.2  billion  in  2003.    The  level  of  business  written  in 
future  periods  will  vary,  perhaps  materially,  based  upon  market  conditions  and  management’s  assessment  of  the  adequacy  of 
premium rates. Premiums written in 2004 included $165 million to reinstate coverages as a result of the third quarter hurricane 
losses. 

In  2004,  underwriting  results  from  catastrophe  and  individual  risk  business  included  estimated  catastrophe  losses  of 
$790  million,  primarily  from  four  hurricanes  that  struck  the  U.S.  and  Caribbean  during  the  third  quarter.  The  catastrophe  and 
individual risk business produced substantial underwriting gains in 2003 and 2002 due to the lack of catastrophic or otherwise 
large loss events.  However, catastrophic losses (such as the recent hurricane losses) are anticipated to occur over time, which 
could exceed the gains earned in recent years.  The pre-tax maximum probable loss from a single event at December 31, 2004 is 
estimated  to  be  $5  billion  resulting  from  potential  risk  of  loss  from  a  major  earthquake  in  California.    BHRG,  as  a  matter  of 
general  practice,  does  not  cede  catastrophe  and  individual  risks  to  other  reinsurers.    The  timing  and  magnitude  of  such  losses 
may produce extraordinary volatility in periodic underwriting results.  Nevertheless, Berkshire’s management remains willing to 
accept such volatility provided there is a reasonable prospect of long-term underwriting profitability. 

Retroactive  reinsurance  contracts  indemnify  ceding  companies  for  losses  arising  under  insurance  or  reinsurance 
contracts written in the past, often many years ago.  While contract terms vary, losses under the contracts are subject to a very 
large aggregate dollar limit, occasionally exceeding $1 billion under a single contract. Generally, it is also anticipated, although 
not  assured,  that  claims  under  retroactive  contracts  will  be  paid  over  long  time  periods.    These  contracts  do  not  produce  an 
immediate  underwriting  loss  for  financial  reporting  purposes.    The  excess  of  the  estimated  ultimate  claims  payable  over  the 
premiums  received  is  established  as  a  deferred  charge  which  is  subsequently  amortized  over  the  expected  claim  settlement 
periods. Such amortization is included as a component of losses incurred. 

Underwriting  losses  from  retroactive  reinsurance  are  primarily  attributed  to  the  amortization  of  deferred  charges 
established on retroactive reinsurance contracts.  Deferred charges, which represent the difference between the policy premium 
and the estimated ultimate claim reserves, are amortized over the expected claim payment period using the interest method.  The 
timing and amount of expected future losses are re-estimated periodically. Deferred charge balances are adjusted accordingly on 
a retrospective basis via a cumulative adjustment. 

Gross  loss  reserves  established  under  retroactive  reinsurance  totaled  approximately  $10  billion  as  of  December  31, 
2004 and losses paid during the year totaled approximately $860 million.  Unamortized deferred charges at December 31, 2004 
totaled approximately $2.45 billion compared to approximately $2.85 billion as of December 31, 2003.  Management believes 
that these charges are reasonable relative to the large amount of float generated from these policies.  Income generated from the 
investment of float is reflected in investment income and investment gains. 

Premiums earned in 2004 from traditional multi-line reinsurance decreased $510 million (19.8%) compared to 2003. 
The comparative decrease was primarily due to declines in quota-share participations (including Lloyd’s) and the termination of 
a  major  quota-share  contract  in  mid-2003.    Several  contracts  were  not  renewed  or  were  curtailed  in  2004  so  further  premium 
declines  are  anticipated  in  2005.    Pre-tax  underwriting  results  in  2004  included  losses  of  approximately  $175  million  arising 
from  the  third  quarter  hurricanes  affecting  the  United  States  and  Caribbean.    However,  these  losses  were  more  than  offset  by 
increased underwriting gains in aviation coverages and approximately $160 million in gains from the commutations of several 
reinsurance contracts in 2004.  Underwriting gains in 2003 reflected low amounts of property and aviation losses. There were no 
significant commutations in 2003. 

Berkshire Hathaway Primary Group

Berkshire’s primary insurance group consists of a wide variety of smaller insurance businesses that principally write 
liability coverages for commercial accounts.  These businesses include:  National Indemnity Company’s primary group operation 
(“NICO  Primary  Group”),  a  writer  of  motor  vehicle  and  general  liability  coverages;  U.S.  Investment  Corporation  (“USIC”),  

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance — Underwriting (Continued) 

Berkshire Hathaway Primary Group (Continued) 

whose  subsidiaries  underwrite  specialty  insurance  coverages;  a  group  of  companies  referred  to  internally  as  “Homestate” 
operations, providers of standard multi-line insurance; and Central States Indemnity Company, a provider of credit and disability 
insurance to individuals nationwide through financial institutions. 

Collectively,  Berkshire’s  other  primary  insurance  businesses  produced  earned  premiums  of  $1,211  million  in  2004, 
$1,034  million  in  2003,  and  $712  million  in  2002.    The  increases  in  premiums  earned  during  the  past  two  years  were  largely 
attributed  to  increased  volume  of  USIC  and  the  NICO  Primary  Group.    Net  underwriting  gains  of  Berkshire’s  other  primary 
insurance businesses totaled $161 million in 2004, $74 million in 2003 and $32 million in 2002.  The improvement in year-to-
year  comparative  underwriting  results  was  due  to  the  aforementioned  increases  in  premiums  and  better-than-expected  claim 
experience. 

Insurance — Investment Income 

Following  is  a  summary  of  the  net  investment  income  of  Berkshire’s  insurance  operations  for  the  past  three  years.  

Dollars are in millions. 

Investment income before taxes........................................................................................  
Applicable income taxes and minority interests................................................................  

2004
  $2,824 
     779

2003
 $3,223 
     947

2002
 $3,050 
     954

Investment income after taxes and minority interests .......................................................  

$2,045 

$2,276 

$2,096 

Pre-tax  investment  income  earned  by  Berkshire’s  insurance  businesses  in  2004 totaled $2,824 million, a decrease of 
12.4% from 2003.  The decline reflects increased amounts invested in low-yielding cash and cash equivalents in 2004 as well as 
a reduction in amounts invested in high-yield corporate obligations. 

In  the  second  half  of  2004,  short-term  interest  rates  in  the  United  States  increased,  which  should  result  in  increased 
earnings from such investments in 2005 periods when compared to 2004 periods.  Management continues to seek to invest cash 
balances  into  long-term  instruments,  including  business  acquisitions.    However,  absent  such  opportunities,  investment  income 
may  remain  relatively  low.    Berkshire’s  management  believes  that  this  current  strategy,  while  potentially  hurting  current 
earnings,  is  appropriate  in  preserving  capital  and  maintaining  flexibility  to  make  significant  acquisitions  when  opportunities 
arise. 

A summary of investments held in Berkshire’s insurance businesses follows.  Dollar amounts are in millions. 

Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................................... 
Marketable equity securities............................................................................................ 
Fixed maturity securities ................................................................................................. 
Other................................................................................................................................ 

Dec. 31, 
2004
$  38,706 
37,420 
22,831 
      2,059

Dec. 31, 
2003
$29,908 
35,017 
26,087 
    2,656

Dec. 31, 
2002
$  9,468 
28,155 
38,395 
    3,133

$101,016 

$93,668 

$79,151 

Fixed maturity investments as of December 31, 2004 were as follows.  Dollar amounts are in millions. 

U.S. Treasury, government corporations and agencies ................................................... 
States, municipalities and political subdivisions ............................................................. 
Foreign governments....................................................................................................... 
Corporate bonds and redeemable preferred stocks, investment grade............................. 
Corporate bonds and redeemable preferred stocks, non-investment grade...................... 
Mortgage-backed securities............................................................................................. 

Amortized 
cost
$  1,576 
3,569 
6,996 
3,866 
2,675 
    1,903

Unrealized 
gains
$       14 
156 
91 
340 
1,552 
         93

Fair value
$  1,590 
3,725 
7,087 
4,206 
4,227 
    1,996

$20,585 

$  2,246 

$22,831 

All U.S. government obligations are rated AAA by the major rating agencies and about 95% of all state, municipal and 
political  subdivisions,  foreign  government  obligations  and  mortgage-backed  securities  were  rated  AA  or  higher  by  the  major 
rating  agencies.    Non-investment  grade  securities  represent  securities  that  are  rated  below  BBB-  or  Baa3.    Fair  value  reflects 
quoted market prices where available or, if not available, prices obtained from independent pricing services. 

Invested  assets  derive  from  shareholder  capital  and  reinvested  earnings  as  well  as  net  liabilities  assumed  under 
insurance  contracts  or  “float.”    The  major  components  of  float  are  unpaid  losses,  unearned  premiums  and  other  liabilities  to 
policyholders less premiums and reinsurance receivables, deferred charges assumed under retroactive reinsurance contracts and 
deferred  policy  acquisition  costs.  Float  totaled  $46.1  billion  at  December  31,  2004,  $44.2  billion  at  December  31,  2003  and 
$41.2 billion at December 31, 2002.  The cost of float, as represented by the ratio of pre-tax underwriting gain or loss to average 
float, was negative for 2004 and 2003, as Berkshire’s insurance businesses generated pre-tax underwriting gains. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Non-Insurance Businesses 

A  summary  follows  of  results  from  Berkshire’s  non-insurance  businesses  for  the  past  three  years.    Dollars  are  in 

millions. 

Pre-tax earnings ....................................................................................................................  
Income taxes and minority interests......................................................................................  

2004
  $3,065 
  1,152

2003
  $2,776 
  1,031

2002
  $2,667 
     999

Net earnings ..........................................................................................................................  

$1,913 

$1,745 

$1,668 

A  comparison  of  revenues  and  pre-tax  earnings  between  2004,  2003  and  2002  for  the  non-insurance  businesses 

follows.  Dollars are in millions. 

Apparel...........................................................................  
Building products ...........................................................  
Finance and financial products.......................................  
Flight services * .............................................................  
McLane Company..........................................................  
Retail ..............................................................................  
Shaw Industries ..............................................................  
Other businesses.............................................................  

2004

  $  2,200 
4,337 
3,774 
3,244 
  23,373 
2,601 
5,174 
      3,213

Revenues
2003

2002

Pre-tax earnings (loss)
2003

2004

2002

  $  2,075 
3,846 
3,045 
2,431 
  13,743 
2,311 
4,660 
      3,040

3,702  
2,234  
2,837  
—  

 $  1,619   $   325 
643 
584 
191 
228 
163 
466 
     2,375        465

2,103
4,334  

  $   289 
559 
619 
72 
150 
165 
436 
       486

  $   229 
516 
726 
225 
— 
166 
424 
     381

 $47,916 

 $35,151 

 $19,204   $3,065 

  $2,776 

$2,667 

*  In 2004, Berkshire adopted the provisions of EITF 00-21(“Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”). 
As a result, for consolidated reporting purposes, the method of recognizing revenue related to NetJets’ fractional aircraft sales 
was changed.  Management continues to evaluate the results of NetJets under the prior revenue recognition criteria and thus has 
shown  revenues  and  pre-tax  earnings  for  the  flight  services  segment  using  the  prior  revenue  recognition  method.    The  prior 
revenue recognition method results in the revenues and pre-tax earnings in this table being $902 million greater and $74 million 
greater than the amounts reported in Berkshire’s consolidated financial statements. 

Apparel 

Apparel revenues in 2004 totaled $2,200 million, an increase of $125 million (6%) over 2003.  Increased sales by Fruit 
of  the  Loom  (“FOL”)  accounted  for  essentially  all  of  the  increase,  as  unit  sales  increased  14%,  offset  partially  by  lower  net 
selling  prices.  FOL  generated  approximately  60%  of  total  apparel  group  revenues  in  2004.    Pre-tax  earnings  of  apparel 
businesses  totaled  $325  million  in  2004,  an  increase  of  12%  over  2003.    About  half  of  the  increase  in  pre-tax  earnings  was 
generated  by  FOL  due  to  the  aforementioned  unit  sales  increase,  although  lower  net  selling  prices  and  higher  cotton  costs 
resulted in a decrease in FOL’s gross margin rate.  In addition, increased earnings were achieved in the footwear businesses (HH 
Brown  and  Justin)  and  children’s  apparel  (Garan),  which  benefited  from  increased  sales  as  well  as  expense  controls.    The 
increases  in  sales  and  pre-tax  earnings  in  2003  over  2002  were  due  largely  to  acquisitions  of  FOL  (April  2002)  and  Garan 
(September 2002). 

Building products 

Building  products  revenues  in  2004  totaled  $4,337  million,  an  increase  of  $491  million  (13%)  over  2003.  Increased 
sales volume was generated in all significant product lines in 2004, including insulation and roofing products (11%), paint (8%), 
brick  and  masonry  (4%)  and  steel  connector  plates  and  truss  components  (38%),  which  also  reflected  higher  selling  prices.  
Favorable housing construction markets in the U.S. continued in 2004, which benefited the group as a whole. 

Pre-tax earnings of the building products group in 2004 exceeded earnings in 2003 by $84 million (15%), reflecting 
increased pre-tax earnings from insulation products and connector plate/truss components.  In addition, the results for 2003 of the 
insulation business included a loss of $21 million from a fire at a pipe insulation plant. (Eliminating the impact of the fire loss 
reduces  the  earnings  increase  to  about  11%).    Over  the  past  year,  certain  production  costs  (such  as  steel,  petroleum-based 
materials,  and  energy,  such  as  natural  gas)  have  risen  significantly.    For  instance,  the  cost  of  steel  (used  in  manufacturing 
connector  plates  and  trusses)  has  risen  about  100%  over  the  past  year.    Also,  average  prices  for  natural  gas  (used  in 
manufacturing  fiberglass  and  bricks)  and  gasoline  (delivery  costs)  have  risen  significantly  over  the  past  year.    Such  rapid 
increases produced declines in profit margins, which accelerated during the last half of 2004.  Revenues and pre-tax earnings of 
the building products group in 2003 and 2002 benefited from the favorable residential housing construction markets. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Insurance Businesses (Continued) 

Finance and financial products 

Revenues  generated  by  the  finance  and  financial  products  group  in  2004 totaled $3,774 million, an increase of 24% 
over 2003.  Revenues in 2004 include Clayton Homes for the full year.  Clayton was acquired by Berkshire on August 7, 2003 
and  its  results  are  included  in  Berkshire’s  consolidated  financial  statements  beginning  as  of  that  date.    See  Note  2  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding this acquisition.  Clayton generated total revenues of approximately 
$2,024 million in 2004 compared to $512 million in 2003. 

Excluding Clayton, finance revenues in 2004 declined $783 million from 2003.  Life insurance annuity premiums of 
$700 million were earned in the last half of 2003 from a few sizable transactions.  Annuity premiums generated in 2004 were 
nominal.    The  comparative  declines  in  2004  revenues  also  reflect  lower  interest  income,  resulting  from  lower  amounts  of 
invested assets associated with leveraged investing activities, including reduced interest from Berkadia’s loan to FINOVA, and 
higher proportions of low-yielding short-term investments to total invested assets.  Somewhat offsetting the decline was the fact 
that  Value  Capital  was  consolidated  during  the  first  half  of  2004.    See  Note  15  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for 
additional information regarding Value Capital. 

Pre-tax earnings from finance and financial products businesses, excluding investment gains/losses, in 2004 were $584 
million, a decrease of $35 million (6%) from 2003.  Pre-tax earnings reflect the inclusion of Clayton for the full year of 2004 as 
well as much improved earnings from leasing businesses (CORT and XTRA).  In 2004, the leasing businesses generated pre-tax 
earnings  of  $92  million  compared  to  $34  million  in  2003.    In  addition,  the  net  loss  from  the  run-off  of  General  Re’s  finance 
business was reduced by $55 million in 2004. 

Pre-tax  earnings  from  leveraged  investing  activities  declined  approximately  $163  million  in  2004  as  a  result  of 
comparatively  lower  amounts  of  invested  assets.    In  addition,  pre-tax  earnings  for  2004  of  the  life/annuity  insurance  business 
declined approximately $142 million as a result of higher allocations of investments in cash and cash equivalents, a significant 
reduction  in  the  early  redemption  of  fixed-income  securities  purchased  at  a  discount  and  adverse  changes  in  mortality 
assumptions. 

Flight services 

Flight service revenues increased $813 million (33%) over 2003.  Over 90% of the revenue increase resulted from the 
NetJets  business  where  flight  operations  revenue  increased  just  under  $400  million  and  revenues  from  aircraft  sales  increased 
about $360 million.  The increase in flight operations revenue was primarily due to higher usage, a larger percentage of hours 
being on larger aircraft and a slight rate increase.  Sales of fractional aircraft increased due to an approximately 10% increase in 
aircraft sold and a higher percentage of sales being large cabin aircraft which carry a higher sales price.  In 2004, revenues from 
FlightSafety  increased  about  $57  million  (10%  over  the  prior  year).    Increased  revenues  from  simulator  sales  represent  about 
65% of the increase with increased training revenues accounting for the remainder.  Increased training revenues in 2004 were 
attributed  to  a  13%  increase  in  simulator  usage,  primarily  from  corporate  aviation  and  regional  airline  customers,  offset  by 
reduced revenues from government customers. 

Pre-tax earnings of flight services businesses totaled $191 million in 2004, an increase of $119 million as compared to 
2003.  About half of this increase is due to reduced write downs of certain simulators and aircraft inventory.  During 2003, such 
write downs were about $69 million and during 2004 they were about $12 million. Pre-tax earnings from FlightSafety’s training 
business,  excluding  asset  write  downs,  increased  about  $33  million  due  to  the  aforementioned  revenue  increases.    Pre-tax 
earnings from NetJets’ flight operations business, excluding asset write downs, improved by about $25 million. 

Operating results of the flight services business have improved gradually since 2003.  These businesses were adversely 
affected by the attack on the World Trade Center and the deterioration in the U.S. economy that followed.  Revenues and pre-tax 
earnings of this segment in 2003 declined in comparison with 2002. 

McLane Company 

On May 23, 2003, Berkshire acquired McLane Company, Inc., a distributor of grocery and food products to retailers, 
convenience stores and restaurants.  See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the 
McLane acquisition.  Results of McLane’s business operations are included in Berkshire’s consolidated results beginning on that 
date.    McLane’s  revenues  in  2004  totaled  $23.4  billion  and  for  the  full  year  2003  totaled  about  $22  billion.    Pre-tax  earnings 
totaled $228 million in 2004 and $225 million for the full year 2003.  The comparative year-to-date increases in sales reflect the 
addition of new customers since Berkshire’s acquisition and growth in the food service business.  In 2004, approximately 33% of 
McLane’s annual revenues derived from sales to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.  McLane’s business is marked by high sales volume and 
very thin profit margins. 

Retail 

Berkshire’s principal retail operations consist of home furnishings and jewelry retailers.  Total revenues attributed to 
retail operations were $2.60 billion in 2004 and $2.31 billion in 2003.  Same store sales in 2004 increased 2.4% from 2003.  Pre-
tax  earnings  of  the  retail  group  totaled  $163  million  in  2004  compared  to  $165  million  in  2003.    The  increase  in  sales  was 
substantially  offset  by  higher  costs  associated  with  new  home  furnishings  stores,  including  increased  salaries  and  benefits, 
depreciation, and distribution costs. 

63 

Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Non-Insurance Businesses (Continued) 

Shaw Industries 

Floor  covering  sales  generated  by  Shaw  Industries  totaled  $5.17  billion  in  2004,  an  increase  of  $514  million  (11%) 
over 2003.  The increase in revenues was driven by an approximate 9% increase in square yards of carpet sold, higher net selling 
prices  and  increased  hard  surface  and  rug  sales.    Sales  in  2004  include  those  of  two  businesses  acquired  by  Shaw  (Georgia 
Tufters and the North Georgia operations of the Dixie Group) in 2003, which contributed sales of $240 million in 2004 and $50 
million  in  2003.    Pre-tax  earnings  in  2004  totaled  $466  million,  an  increase  of  $30  million  (7%)  over  2003.    During  2004, 
petroleum-based raw material costs increased on several occasions.  Production cost inflation was driven by higher petroleum-
based raw material and energy related costs.  Sales price increases have lagged raw material supplier price increases resulting in 
a decline in gross sales margins during 2004.  Further margin declines in 2005 are possible. 

Equity in Earnings of MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company 

Earnings  from  MidAmerican  represent  Berkshire’s  share  of  MidAmerican’s  net  earnings,  as  determined  under  the 
equity  method.    In  2004,  Berkshire’s  share  of  MidAmerican’s  net  earnings  was  $237  million  versus  $429  million  in  2003.  
During  the  third  quarter  of  2004,  MidAmerican  recorded  an  after-tax  charge  of  $340  million  (of  which  Berkshire’s  share  was 
about $255 million) to write down certain assets of an operation that was shut down in the third quarter.  In the fourth quarter of 
2004,  MidAmerican  realized  a  gain  of  $44  million  (Berkshire’s  share  was  about  $33  million)  from  the  realization  of  certain 
Enron-related  bankruptcy  claims.    Ignoring  the  effect  to  these  two  non-recurring  events  Berkshire’s  share  of  MidAmerican’s 
2004 net earnings was $459 million, which reflects improved results at most of MidAmerican’s major operating units.  See Note 
3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding MidAmerican. 

Investment Gains/Losses 

Investment  gains  and  losses  arise  when  investments  are  sold  and  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  are  marked-to-
market  with  a  corresponding  gain  or  loss  included  in  earnings.    Investment  gains  and  losses  also  arise  in  connection  with 
investments  by  Berkshire  in  life  settlement  contracts.    Investment  losses  can  also  arise  when  available-for-sale  or  held-to-
maturity  securities  are  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired  (“OTTI”).    A  summary  of  investment  gains  and  losses 
follows.  Dollar amounts are in millions. 

2004

2003

2002

Investment gains (losses) from - 

Sales of investments - 

Insurance and other ......................................................................................  
Finance and financial products ....................................................................  
  OTTI securities ..................................................................................................  
  Foreign currency forward contracts ...................................................................  
  Life settlement contracts ....................................................................................  
  Other ..................................................................................................................  
Investment gains before income taxes and minority interests .................................  
Income taxes and minority interests.............................................................  
Net investment gains ...............................................................................................  

$1,527 
61 
(19) 
1,839 
(207) 

     288
3,489 
  1,230
$2,259 

$2,873 
338 
(289) 
825 
— 
     374
4,121 
  1,392
$2,729 

$  961 
284 
(607) 
297 
— 
     (51) 
884 
    318
$  566 

Prior to January 1, 2004, Berkshire accounted for investments in life settlement contracts on the cost basis. Therefore, 
the cost of the investment included the initial purchase price plus periodic maintenance costs.  Beginning in 2004, as a result of 
obtaining  information  which  suggested  that  the  SEC  believed  that  a  different  accounting  method  should  be  used,  these 
investments  are  being  accounted  for  under  FASB  Technical  Bulletin  (“FTB”)  85-4  “Accounting  for  Purchases  of  Life 
Insurance.”  Under FTB 85-4, the carrying value of each contract at purchase and at the end of each reporting period is equal to 
the cash surrender value of the contract.  Cash paid to purchase these contracts that is in excess of the cash surrender value at the 
date of purchase is recognized as a loss immediately and periodic maintenance costs, such as premiums necessary to keep the 
underlying policy in force, are charged to earnings immediately.  The life insurance benefits are payable to the Company.  The 
loss during 2004 included $73 million related to life settlement contracts held at December 31, 2003.  Despite the accounting loss 
recorded for these contracts, management views these contracts to have a current value no less than the cost paid for the policies 
plus any subsequent maintenance costs and believes these contracts will produce satisfactory earnings. 

Gains and losses from foreign currency contracts arise as the value of the U.S. dollar changes against certain foreign 
currencies.    Small  changes  in  certain  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  can  produce  material  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  these 
contracts  given  the  large  net  notional  value  of  Berkshire’s  open  contracts  ($21.4  billion  as  of  December  31,  2004)  and 
consequently, may produce exceptional volatility in reported earnings in a given period. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Condition 

Berkshire’s  balance  sheet  continues  to  reflect  significant  liquidity  and  a  strong  capital  base.    Consolidated 
shareholders’  equity  at  December  31,  2004  totaled  $85.9  billion.    Consolidated  cash  and  invested  assets,  excluding  assets  of 
finance and financial products businesses, totaled approximately $102.9 billion at December 31, 2004 (including cash and cash 
equivalents of $40.0 billion) and $95.6 billion at December 31, 2003 (including $31.3 billion in cash and cash equivalents). 

Berkshire’s consolidated notes payable and other borrowings, excluding borrowings of finance businesses, totaled $3.5 
billion at December 31, 2004 and $4.2 billion at December 31, 2003.  During 2004, commercial paper and short-term borrowings 
of  subsidiaries  declined  $388  million,  primarily  from  repayments  arising  from  operating  cash  flow  of  NetJets  and  Shaw.  
Additionally, investment contract balances of $226 million were repaid during 2004. 

In May 2002, Berkshire issued the SQUARZ securities, which consist of $400 million par amount of senior notes due 
in November 2007 together with warrants to purchase 4,464 Class A equivalent shares of Berkshire common stock, which expire 
in May 2007.  A warrant premium is payable to Berkshire at an annual rate of 3.75% and interest is payable to note holders at a 
rate of 3.00%.  Each warrant provides the holder the right to purchase either 0.1116 shares of Class A or 3.348 shares of Class B 
stock for $10,000.  In addition, holders of the senior notes have the option to require Berkshire to repurchase the senior notes at 
par on May 15, 2005 and 2006, provided that the holders also surrender a corresponding amount of warrants for cancellation.  
All warrants and senior notes were outstanding as of December 31, 2004. 

Assets  of  the  finance  and  financial  products  businesses  totaled  $30.1  billion  as  of  December  31,  2004,  compared  to 
$49.0 billion at June 30, 2004 and $28.3 billion at December 31, 2003.  Liabilities totaled $20.4 billion as of December 31, 2004 
compared to $42.2 billion at June 30, 2004 and $22.0 billion at December 31, 2003. As discussed in Note 15 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements, Berkshire consolidated the accounts of Value Capital, L.P. beginning as of January 1, 2004, and as a result 
of  a  reduction  of  its  ownership  interest  in  the  partnership,  discontinued  consolidation  effective  July  1,  2004.    As  of  June  30, 
2004, Value Capital’s assets and liabilities totaled $24.1 billion and $23.4 billion, respectively. 

Cash and cash equivalents of finance and financial products businesses totaled $3.4 billion as of December 31, 2004 
and $4.7 billion as of December 31, 2003.  During 2004, manufactured housing loans of Clayton increased approximately $5.0 
billion  to  $7.5  billion  as  of  December  31,  2004.    The  increase  was  primarily  attributed  to  a  loan  portfolio  acquisition  of 
approximately $3.7 billion on December 30, 2004.  Clayton is a leading builder of manufactured housing, provides financing to 
customers,  and  acquires  other  installment  loan  portfolios.    Prior  to  its  acquisition  by  Berkshire  in  August  2003,  Clayton 
securitized  and  sold  a  significant  portion  of  its  installment  loans  through  special  purpose  entities.    In  early  2003,  Clayton 
discontinued loan securitizations and sales. 

Notes  payable  and  other  borrowings  of  Berkshire’s  finance  and  financial  products  businesses  totaled  $5.4  billion  at 
December 31, 2004 and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2003.  During 2004, Berkshire Hathaway Finance Corporation (“BHFC”) 
issued a total of $1.6 billion par amount of medium term notes due from 2007 through 2014.  The proceeds of these issues were 
used to finance originated and acquired loans of Clayton.  These medium term notes are guaranteed by Berkshire.  On January 4, 
2005, BHFC issued an additional $3.75 billion par amount of medium term notes to finance Clayton’s December 30, 2004 loan 
portfolio  acquisition  discussed  above.    In  February  2004,  the  remaining  balance  of  Berkadia’s  bank  borrowing  ($525  million) 
was  repaid  upon  the  collection  of  the  final  $525  million  loan  to  FINOVA  and  in  the  second  quarter  GRS  repaid  debt  of 
approximately $550 million. 

Berkshire  believes  that  it  currently  maintains  sufficient  liquidity  to  cover  its  existing  contractual  obligations  and 

provide for contingent liquidity. 

Contractual Obligations 

A  summary  of  long-term  contractual  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2004  follows.    Amounts  represent  estimates  of 
gross  undiscounted  amounts  payable  over  time.    In  addition,  certain  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  for  property  and 
casualty loss reserves are ceded to others under reinsurance contracts and therefore are recoverable.  Such potential recoverables 
are not reflected in the table.  Amounts are in millions. 

Total

Estimated payments due by period
2006-2007

2005

2008-2009

After 2009

Notes payable and other borrowings (1)..........
Securities sold under agreements to 

repurchase (1)..............................................
Operating leases .............................................
Purchase obligations (2) ..................................
Unpaid losses and loss expenses ....................
Other long-term policyholder liabilities.........
Other (3) ..........................................................

$11,753 

$  1,937 

$  2,138 

$  2,321 

$  5,357 

5,831 
1,628 
7,759 
47,878 
4,308 
    7,124

5,831 
364 
3,103 
11,023 
94 
       430

— 
528 
2,285 
12,280 
78 
       517

— 
328 
1,504 
6,637 
72 
       416

— 
408 
867 
17,938 
4,064 
    5,761

Total ...............................................................

$86,281 

$22,782 

$17,826 

$11,278 

$34,395 

(1)  Includes interest 
(2)  Principally relates to NetJets’ aircraft purchases 
(3)  Principally annuity reserves and employee benefits 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Contractual Obligations (Continued) 

Berkshire and its subsidiaries are parties to contracts associated with ongoing business and financing activities, which 
will  result  in  cash  payments  to  counterparties  in  future  periods.    Notes  payable  and  securities  sold  under  agreements  to 
repurchase are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements along with accrued but unpaid interest as of the balance sheet 
date.  In addition, Berkshire will be obligated to pay interest under debt obligations for periods subsequent to the balance sheet 
date.    Although  certain  principal  balances  may  be  prepaid  in  advance  of  the  maturity  date,  which  could  reduce future interest 
obligations,  it  is  assumed  that  no  principal  prepayments  will  occur  for  purposes  of  this  disclosure.    Further,  while  short-term 
borrowings and repurchase agreements are currently expected to be renewed as they mature, such amounts are not assumed to 
renew for purposes of this disclosure. 

Berkshire and subsidiaries are also parties to long-term contracts to acquire goods or services in the future, which are 
not currently reflected in the financial statements.  Such obligations, including future minimum rentals under operating leases, 
will be reflected in future periods as the goods are delivered or services provided.  Amounts due as of the balance sheet date for 
purchases  where  the  goods  and  services  have  been  received  and  a  liability  incurred  are  not  included  to  the  extent  that  such 
amounts are due within one year of the balance sheet date. 

Contractual obligations for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses arising under property and casualty insurance 
contracts are estimates.  The timing and amount of such payments is contingent upon the ultimate outcome of claim settlements 
that will occur over many years.  The amounts presented in the preceding table are based upon past claim settlement activities.  
The timing and amount of such payments are subject to significant estimation error.  The factors affecting the ultimate amount of 
claims are discussed in the following section regarding Berkshire’s critical accounting policies.  Accordingly, the actual timing 
and amount of payments may differ materially from the amounts shown in the table. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Certain accounting policies require management to make estimates and judgments concerning transactions that will be 
settled several years in the future.  Amounts recognized in the financial statements from such estimates are necessarily based on 
numerous  assumptions  involving  varying  and  potentially  significant  degrees  of  judgment  and  uncertainty.    Accordingly,  the 
amounts  currently  reflected  in  the  financial  statements  will  likely  increase  or  decrease  in  the  future  as  additional  information 
becomes available. 

Property and casualty losses 

A  summary  of  Berkshire’s  consolidated  liabilities  for  unpaid  property  and  casualty  losses  is  presented  in  the  table 
below.  Except for certain workers’ compensation reserves, liabilities for unpaid property and casualty reserves are reflected in 
the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  without  discounting  for  time  value,  regardless  of  the  length  of  the  claim-tail.    Dollars  are  in 
millions. 

General Re...........................................................................  
BHRG..................................................................................  
GEICO.................................................................................  
Berkshire Hathaway Primary ..............................................  
Total ....................................................................................  

Gross unpaid losses

Net unpaid losses* 

Dec. 31, 2004
$22,258 
16,235 
5,112 
    1,614
$45,219 

Dec. 31, 2003
$23,820 
15,769 
4,492 
    1,312
$45,393 

Dec. 31, 2004
$20,056 
13,132 
4,867 
    1,542
$39,597 

Dec. 31, 2003
$20,787 
12,513 
4,282 
    1,217
$38,799 

*  Net of reinsurance recoverable and deferred charges reinsurance assumed and before foreign currency translation effects. 

Berkshire records liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses under property and casualty insurance and 
reinsurance contracts based upon estimates of the ultimate amounts payable under the contracts related to losses occurring on or 
before the balance sheet date.  Depending on the type of loss being estimated, the timing and amount of property and casualty 
loss payments are subject to a great degree of variability and are contingent, among other things, upon the timing of the claim 
reporting from insureds and cedants and the determination and payment of the ultimate loss amount through the loss adjustment 
process.  A variety of techniques are used to establish and review the liabilities for unpaid losses recorded as of the balance sheet 
date.    While  techniques  may  vary,  significant  judgments  and  assumptions  are  necessary  in  projecting  the  ultimate  amount 
payable in the future with respect to loss events that have occurred. 

As of any balance sheet date, claims that have occurred have not all been reported, and if reported may not have been 
settled.    The  time  period  between  the  occurrence  date  and  payment  date  of  a  loss  is  referred  to  as  the  “claim-tail.”    Property 
claims usually have fairly short claim-tails and, absent litigation, are reported and settled within no more than a few years after  

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property and casualty losses (Continued) 

occurrence.  Casualty losses usually have very long claim-tails, occasionally extending for decades.  Casualty claims are more 
susceptible to litigation and can be significantly affected by changing contract interpretations and the legal environment, which 
contributes  to  extended  claim-tails.    Claim-tails  for  reinsurers  may  be  further  extended  due  to  delayed  reporting  by  ceding 
insurers or reinsurers due to contractual provisions or reporting practices.  The loss and loss expense reserves include provisions 
for those claims that have been reported (referred to as “case reserves”) and for those claims that have not been reported, referred 
to as incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR”) reserves. 

Receivables  recorded  with  respect  to  insurance  losses  ceded  to  other  reinsurers  under  reinsurance  contracts  are 
estimated in a manner similar to liabilities for insurance losses and, therefore, are also subject to estimation error. In addition to 
the factors cited above, reinsurance recoverables may ultimately prove to be uncollectible if the reinsurer is unable to perform 
under  the  contract.    Reinsurance  contracts  do  not  relieve  the  ceding  company  of  its  obligations  to  indemnify  its  own 
policyholders. 

Each of Berkshire’s significant insurance operations (including GEICO, General Re and BHRG) utilize techniques for 
establishing reserves that are believed to best fit the business.  Additional information regarding reserves established by each of 
the significant businesses follows. 

GEICO 

GEICO’s  gross  unpaid  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expense  reserves  as  of  December  31,  2004  totaled  $5,112  million 
and net of reinsurance recoverable were $4,867 million.  As of December 31, 2004, gross reserves included $3,690 million of 
case reserves and $1,422 million of IBNR reserves. 

GEICO predominantly writes private passenger auto insurance which has a relatively short claim-tail. Accordingly, the 
risk  of  estimation  error  is  thought  to  be  much  less  at  GEICO  than  for  either  General  Re  or  BHRG.    The  key  assumptions 
affecting GEICO’s reserves include projections of ultimate claim counts and average loss per claim (“severity”), which includes 
loss adjustment expenses.  GEICO’s reserving methodologies produce reserve estimates based upon the individual claims (or a 
“ground-up”  approach),  which  in  the  aggregate  yields  a  point  estimate  of  the  ultimate  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses. 
Ranges  of  loss  estimates  are  not  calculated  in  the  aggregate.    A  detailed  discussion  of  the  process  and  significant  factors 
considered in establishing reserves follows. 

Actuaries establish and evaluate unpaid loss reserves using recognized standard statistical loss development methods 
and techniques.  The significant reserve components (and percentage of gross reserves) are: (1) average reserves (20%), (2) case 
and  case  development  reserves  (55%),  and  (3)  incurred-but-not-reported  (“IBNR”)  reserves  (25%).    Each  component  of  loss 
reserves  is  affected  by  the  expected  frequency  and  average  severity  of  claims.    Such  amounts  are  analyzed  using  statistical 
techniques  on  historical  claims  data  and  adjusted  when  appropriate  to  reflect  perceived  changes  in  loss  patterns.    Data  is 
analyzed by policy coverage, jurisdiction of loss, reporting date and occurrence date, among other factors.  A brief discussion of 
each component follows. 

Average reserve amounts are established for property claims and new liability claims prior to the development of an 
individual case reserve.  Average reserve amounts are driven by the estimated average severity per claim and the number of new 
claims opened.  The average severity per claim amount is projected each accident quarter, reflecting both reported claims and 
unreported claims. 

Claim adjusters generally establish individual liability claim case loss and loss adjustment expense reserve estimates as 
soon as the specific facts and merits of each claim can be evaluated.  Case reserves represent the amounts that in the judgment of 
the adjusters are reasonably expected to be paid in the future to completely settle the claim, including expenses.  Individual case 
reserves are revised as more information becomes known. 

For  most  liability  coverages,  case  reserves  alone  are  an  insufficient  measure  of  the  ultimate  cost  due  in  part  to  the 
longer claim-tail, the greater chance of protracted litigation and the incompleteness of facts available at the time the claim is first 
reported.  Therefore, additional case development reserve estimates are established, usually as a percentage of the case reserve.  
In general, case development factors are selected by historical statistical analysis, which includes incurred case loss analysis for 
groups of claims from period-to-period projected to future dates and amounts (or age-to-age techniques) when substantially all of 
the claims are expected to be settled.  Case development factors are reviewed and revised periodically based upon trends in loss 
development patterns. 

For  unreported  claims,  IBNR  reserve  estimates  are  calculated  by  first  projecting  the  ultimate  number  of  claims 
expected  (reported  and  unreported)  for  each  significant  coverage  by  using  historical  quarterly  and  monthly  claim  counts,  to 
develop  age-to-age  projections  of  the  ultimate  counts  by  accident  quarter.    Reported  claims  are  subtracted  from  the  ultimate 
claim projections to produce an estimate of the number of unreported claims. The number of unreported claims is multiplied by 
an estimate of the average cost per unreported claim to produce the IBNR reserve amount. Actuarial techniques are difficult to 
apply reliably in certain situations, such as to new legal precedents, class action suits, long-term claimants from personal injury 
protection  coverages  or  recent  catastrophes.    Consequently,  supplemental  IBNR  reserves  for  these  types  of  events  may  be 
established. 

67 

 
 
 
Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Property and casualty losses (Continued) 

GEICO (Continued) 

For  each  of  its  major  coverages,  GEICO  tests  the  adequacy  of  the  total  loss  reserves  using  one  or  more  actuarial 
projections based on claim closure models, paid loss triangles and incurred loss triangles.  Each type of projection analyzes loss 
occurrence data for claims occurring in a given period over intervals of time until substantially all of the expected claims have 
been settled. 

GEICO’s exposure to highly uncertain losses is believed to be limited to certain commercial excess umbrella policies 
written  during  a  period  from  1981  to  1984.    Remaining  reserves  associated  with  such  exposure  is  currently  a  relatively 
insignificant  component  of  GEICO’s  total  reserves  (3%)  and  there  is  little  if  any  apparent  asbestos  or  environmental  liability 
exposure.  Related claim activity over the past year was insignificant. 

General Re 

General Re’s unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2004 are summarized below.  Amounts 

are in millions. 

Reported case reserves ............................... 
IBNR reserves ............................................ 

Property
$  1,996 
    1,361

Workers’ 
Compensation
$  2,168 
       957

Gross reserves ............................................ 

$  3,357 

$  3,125 

Casualty
$  8,204 
    7,572

$15,776 

Ceded reserves and deferred charges.......... 

Net reserves................................................ 

Total
$12,368 
    9,890

22,258 

  (2,202) 

$20,056 

General Re’s process of establishing loss reserve estimates is based upon a ground-up approach, beginning with case 
estimates and supplemented by additional case reserves (“ACR’s”) and IBNR reserves.  Critical judgments in the establishment 
of  these  loss  reserves  involve  the  establishment  of  ACR’s  by  claim  examiners,  the  expectation  of  ultimate  loss  ratios,  which 
drive IBNR reserve amounts and the case reserve reporting trends compared to the expected loss reporting patterns.  Actuaries do 
not routinely calculate loss reserve ranges, because it is currently believed that the mathematics of determining ranges has not 
been sufficiently developed and the myriad of assumptions required, render such resulting range to be unreliable.  In addition, 
counts  of  claims  or  average  amount  per  claim  are  not  utilized  because  clients  do  not  consistently  provide  reliable  data  in 
sufficient detail. 

General Re claim examiners establish case reserve estimates based on the facts and circumstances of the claims and the 
terms and provisions of the insurance and reinsurance contracts.  For reinsurance claims, claim examiners receive notices from 
client companies in a manner that reflects the terms of the reinsurance contracts.  Contract terms governing claim reporting are 
generally based on the client’s view of the case loss (e.g., claims with reserves greater than one-half the retention) or injury type 
(e.g., any claim arising from a fatality).  Some reinsurance contracts permit claims to be reported on a bulk basis.  Bulk reporting 
provisions generally apply to quota-share reinsurance contracts. 

Upon  notification  of  a  reinsurance claim from a ceding company, claim examiners make  independent evaluations of 
loss  amounts.    In  some  cases,  examiners’  estimates  differ  from  amounts  reported  by  ceding  companies.    If  the  examiners’ 
estimates  are  significantly  greater  than  the  ceding  company’s  estimates,  the  claims  are  further  investigated.    If  deemed 
appropriate, ACR’s are established above the amount reported by the ceding company.  Examiners also conduct claim reviews at 
client companies periodically and case reserves are often increased as a result.  In 2004, claim examiners conducted in excess of 
400 claim reviews. 

Actuaries  classify  all  loss  and  premium  data  into  segments  (reserve  cells)  primarily  based  on  product  (e.g.,  treaty, 
facultative, and program) and line of business (e.g., auto liability, property, etc.).  For each reserve cell, losses are aggregated by 
accident  year  and  analyzed  over  time.    Depending  on  client  reporting  practices,  some  losses  and  premiums  are  aggregated  by 
policy year.  These loss aggregations are called loss triangles, which are the primary basis for IBNR reserve calculations.  North 
American operations presently review over 300 reserve cells and the international operations presently review about 900 reserve 
cells. 

Loss triangles are used to determine the expected case loss emergence patterns and, in conjunction with expected loss 
ratios by accident year, are further used to determine IBNR reserves.  Certain calculations are performed and form the basis for 
estimating  the  expected  loss  emergence  pattern.    The  determination  of  the  expected  loss  emergence  pattern  is  not  strictly  a 
mechanical process.  In instances where the historical loss data is insufficient, estimation formulas are used along with reliance 
on other loss triangles and judgment.  Factors affecting loss development triangles include but are not limited to the following: 
changing client claims practices, changes in claim examiners use of ACR’s or the frequency of client company claim reviews, 
changes in the mix of policy terms and coverage (such as client loss retention levels and occurrence and aggregate policy limits), 
changes  in  loss  trends  and  changes  in  legal  trends  that  result  in  unanticipated  losses,  as  well  as  other  sources  of  statistical 
variability.  These items influence the selection of the expected loss emergence patterns. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General Re (Continued) 

Expected loss ratios are selected by reserve cell, by accident year, based upon reviewing indicated ultimate loss ratios 
predicted  from  aggregated  pricing  statistics.    Indicated  ultimate  loss  ratios  are  calculated  using  the  selected  loss  emergence 
pattern, reported losses and earned premium.  If the selected emergence pattern is not accurate, then the indicated ultimate loss 
ratios  will  not  be  correct  and  this  can  influence  the  selected  loss  ratios  and  hence  the  IBNR  reserve.    As  with  selected  loss 
emergence  patterns,  selecting  expected  loss  ratios  is  not  a  strictly  mechanical  process  and  judgment  is  used  in  the  analysis  of 
indicated ultimate loss ratios and department pricing loss ratios. 

IBNR  reserves  are  estimated  by  reserve  cell,  by  accident  year,  using  the  expected  loss  emergence  pattern  and  the 
expected loss ratios.  The expected loss emergence patterns and expected loss ratios are the critical IBNR reserving assumptions 
and are generally updated every year-end.  Once the year-end IBNR reserves are determined, actuaries calculate expected case 
loss emergence for the upcoming calendar year.  This calculation does not involve new assumptions and uses the prior year-end 
expected loss emergence patterns and expected loss ratios.  The expected losses are then allocated into interim estimates that are 
compared to actual reported losses in the subsequent year.  This comparison provides a test of the adequacy of prior year-end 
IBNR reserves and forms the basis for possibly changing IBNR reserve assumptions during the course of the year. 

In certain reserve cells (excess directors and officers and errors and omissions) IBNR reserves are based on estimated 
ultimate  losses,  without  consideration  of  expected  emergence  patterns.  These  cells  typically  involve  a  spike  in  loss  activity 
arising  from  recent  industry  developments  making  it  difficult  to  select  an  expected  loss  emergence  pattern  as  has  been 
experienced from the recent wave of corporate scandals that have caused an increase in reported losses.  Overall industry-wide 
loss  experience  data  and  informed  judgment  are  used  when  internal  loss  data  is  of  limited  reliability,  such  as  in  setting  the 
estimates for asbestos and hazardous waste claims.  Unpaid environmental, asbestos and mass tort reserves at December 31, 2004 
were approximately $1.6 billion gross and $1.3 billion net of reinsurance.  Such reserves were approximately $1.2 billion gross 
and $1.0 billion net of reinsurance as of December 31, 2003.  Claims paid attributable to such losses were about $70 million in 
2004. 

BHRG 

BHRG’s unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows.  Amounts 

are in millions. 

Reported case reserves ..........................................................  
IBNR reserves .......................................................................  
Retroactive ............................................................................  

Property
$  1,526 
991 
         —

Gross reserves .......................................................................  

$  2,517 

Casualty

$  1,506 
2,167 
  10,045

$13,718 

Ceded reserves and deferred charges.....................................  

Net reserves...........................................................................  

Total
$  3,032 
3,158 
  10,045

16,235 

   (3,103) 

$13,132 

As  of  December  31,  2004,  BHRG’s  gross  loss  reserves  related  to  retroactive  reinsurance  policies  were  attributed  to 
casualty  losses.    Retroactive  policies  include  excess  of  loss  contracts,  in  which  losses  above  a  contractual  retention  are 
indemnified as well as contracts that indemnify all losses paid by the counterparty after the effective date.  Retroactive losses 
paid in 2004 totaled $860 million.  The classification “reported case reserves” has no practical analytical value with respect to 
retroactive  policies  since  the  amount  is  derived  from  reports  in  bulk  from  ceding  companies,  who  may  have  inconsistent 
definitions of “case reserves.”  Reserves are reviewed and established in the aggregate including provisions for IBNR reserves. 

In establishing retroactive reinsurance reserves, historical aggregate loss payment patterns are analyzed and projected 
into  the  future  under  various  scenarios.    The  claim-tail  is  expected  to  be  very  long  for  many  policies  and  may  last  several 
decades.  Management  attributes  judgmental  probability  factors  to  these  aggregate  loss  payment  scenarios  and  an  expectancy 
outcome  is  determined.    Due  to  contractual  limits  of  indemnification,  maximum  unpaid  losses  under  retroactive  policies 
approximated $12.2 billion as of December 31, 2004.  Management cannot reasonably estimate the low-end of the retroactive 
reserve range given the nature of the liabilities assumed. 

BHRG’s  liabilities  for  environmental,  asbestos,  and  latent  injury  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  are  presently 
believed to be concentrated within retroactive reinsurance contracts.  Reserves for such losses were approximately $4.2 billion at 
December 31, 2004 and $4.4 billion at December 31, 2003.  Claims paid in 2004 attributable to such losses were approximately 
$334  million.    BHRG,  as  a  reinsurer,  does  not  regularly  receive  reliable  information  regarding  numbers  of  asbestos, 
environmental and latent injury claims from ceding companies on a consistent basis, particularly with respect to multi-line treaty 
or aggregate excess of loss policies. 

BHRG’s other property and casualty loss reserves derive from catastrophe, individual risk and multi-line reinsurance 
policies.  Reserve amounts are based upon loss estimates reported by ceding companies and IBNR reserves, which are primarily 
a  function  of  reported  losses  from  ceding  companies  and  anticipated  loss  ratios  established  on  an  individual  contract  basis 
supplemented  by  management’s  judgment  of  the  impact  on  each  contract  of  major  catastrophe  events  as  they  become known.  
Anticipated loss ratios are based upon management’s judgment considering the type of business covered, analysis of each ceding 
company’s loss history and evaluation of that portion of the underlying contracts underwritten by each ceding company, which 
are in turn ceded to BHRG.  A range of reserve amounts as a result of changes in underlying assumptions is not prepared. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Other Critical Accounting Policies 

Berkshire records as assets deferred charges with respect to liabilities assumed under retroactive reinsurance contracts. 
At  the  inception  of  these  contracts  the  deferred  charges  represent  the  difference  between  the  consideration  received  and  the 
estimated ultimate liability for unpaid losses.  No net gain or loss is recognized at the inception of the contract.  Deferred charges 
are amortized using the interest method over an estimate of the ultimate claim payment period and are reflected in earnings as a 
component of losses and loss expenses.  The deferred charge balances are adjusted periodically to reflect new projections of the 
amount  and  timing  of  loss  payments.  Adjustments  to  these  assumptions  are  applied  retrospectively  from  the  inception  of  the 
contract.  Unamortized deferred charges totaled $2.7 billion at December 31, 2004.  Significant changes in either the timing or 
ultimate  amount  of  loss  payments  may  have  a  significant  effect  on  unamortized  deferred  charges  and  the  amount  of  periodic 
amortization. 

Berkshire’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  as  of  December  31,  2004  includes  goodwill  of  acquired  businesses  of 
approximately $23 billion.  These amounts have been recorded as a result of Berkshire’s numerous prior business acquisitions 
accounted for under the purchase method.  Prior to 2002, goodwill from each acquisition was generally amortized as a charge to 
earnings over periods not exceeding 40 years.  Under SFAS No. 142, which was adopted by Berkshire as of January 1, 2002, 
periodic amortization ceased, in favor of an impairment-only accounting model. 

A significant amount of judgment is required in performing goodwill impairment tests.  Such tests include periodically 
determining or reviewing the estimated fair value of Berkshire’s reporting units.  Under SFAS No. 142, fair value refers to the 
amount for which the entire reporting unit may be bought or sold.  There are several methods of estimating a reporting unit’s fair 
value, including market quotations, asset and liability fair values and other valuation techniques, such as discounted projected net 
earnings  and  multiples  of  earnings.    If  the  carrying  amount  of  a  reporting  unit,  including  goodwill,  exceeds  the  estimated fair 
value,  then  individual  assets,  including  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  reporting  unit  are  estimated  at  fair 
value.  The excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit over the estimated fair value of net assets would establish the 
implied value of goodwill.  The excess of the recorded amount of goodwill over the implied value is then charged to earnings as 
an impairment loss. 

Berkshire’s  consolidated  financial  position  reflects  large  amounts  of  invested  assets.    A  substantial  portion  of  these 
assets  are  carried  at  fair  values  based  upon  current  market  quotations  and,  when  not  available,  based  upon  fair  value  pricing 
models.    Certain  fixed  maturity  securities  Berkshire  owns  are  not  actively  traded  in  the  markets.  Further,  Berkshire’s  finance 
businesses maintain significant balances of finance receivables, which are carried at amortized cost.  Considerable judgment is 
required  in  determining  the  assumptions  used  in  certain  pricing  models,  including  interest  rate,  loan  prepayment  speed,  credit 
risk and liquidity risk assumptions.  Significant changes in these assumptions can have a significant effect on carrying values. 

Information concerning recently issued accounting pronouncements which are not yet effective is included in Note 1(r) 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  As indicated in Note 1(r) to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Berkshire does not 
expect any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements to have a material effect on its financial statements. 

Market Risk Disclosures 

Berkshire’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  include  a  substantial  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  whose  fair  values  are 
subject to market risks.  Berkshire’s significant market risks are primarily associated with interest rates and equity prices and to a 
lesser  degree  derivatives.    The  following  sections  address  the  significant  market  risks  associated  with  Berkshire’s  business 
activities. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Berkshire’s management prefers to invest in equity securities or to acquire entire businesses based upon the principles 
discussed in the following section on equity price risk.  When unable to do so, management may alternatively invest in bonds, 
loans  or  other  interest  rate  sensitive  instruments.    Berkshire’s  strategy  is  to  acquire  securities  that  are  attractively  priced  in 
relation  to  the  perceived  credit  risk.    Management  recognizes  and  accepts  that  losses  may  occur.    Berkshire  has  historically 
utilized a modest level of corporate borrowings and debt.  Further, Berkshire strives to maintain the highest credit ratings so that 
the cost of debt is minimized.  Berkshire utilizes derivative products to manage interest rate risks to a very limited degree. 

The  fair  values  of  Berkshire’s  fixed  maturity  investments  and  notes  payable  and  other  borrowings  will  fluctuate  in 
response to changes in market interest rates.  Increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates generally translate into decreases 
and increases in fair values of those instruments. Additionally, fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments may be affected 
by  the  creditworthiness  of  the  issuer,  prepayment  options,  relative  values  of  alternative  investments,  the  liquidity  of  the 
instrument and other general market conditions.  Fixed interest rate investments may be more sensitive to interest rate changes 
than variable rate investments. 

The following table summarizes the estimated effects of hypothetical increases and decreases in interest rates on assets 
and  liabilities  that  are  subject  to  interest  rate  risk.    It  is  assumed  that  the  changes  occur  immediately  and  uniformly  to  each 
category of instrument containing interest rate risks.  The hypothetical changes in market interest rates do not reflect what could 
be deemed best or worst case scenarios.  Variations in market interest rates could produce significant changes in the timing of 
repayments due to prepayment options available. For these reasons, actual results might differ from those reflected in the table.  
Dollars are in millions. 

70 

Interest Rate Risk (Continued) 

Insurance and other businesses

December 31, 2004
Investments in securities with fixed maturities .............  
Notes payable and other borrowings .............................  

December 31, 2003
Investments in securities with fixed maturities .............  
Notes payable and other borrowings .............................  

Finance and financial products businesses * 

December 31, 2004
Investments in securities with fixed maturities 
  and loans and finance receivables..............................  
Notes payable and other borrowings ** ........................  

December 31, 2003
Investments in securities with fixed maturities 
  and loans and finance receivables..............................  
Notes payable and other borrowings ** ........................  

Estimated Fair Value after 
Hypothetical Change in Interest Rates
(bp=basis points) 

Fair Value

100 bp 
decrease

100 bp 
increase

200 bp 
increase

300 bp 
increase

$22,846 
3,558 

  $23,547 
3,605 

  $22,135 
3,514 

  $21,450 
3,476 

  $20,843 
3,439 

$26,116 
4,334 

  $27,113 
4,397 

  $25,220 
4,277 

  $24,333 
4,226 

  $23,550 
4,177 

$17,909 
10,627 

  $18,712 
10,882 

  $17,067 
10,350 

  $16,267 
10,120 

  $15,507 
9,910 

$14,573 
11,617 

  $14,905 
11,838 

  $14,323 
11,419 

  $13,987 
11,244 

  $13,557 
11,079 

*  Excludes General Re Securities – See Derivatives Dealer Risk section for discussion of risks associated with this business. 

**  Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase. 

Equity Price Risk 

Strategically,  Berkshire  strives  to  invest  in  businesses  that  possess  excellent  economics,  with  able  and  honest 
management  and  at  sensible  prices.    Berkshire’s  management  prefers  to  invest  a  meaningful  amount  in  each  investee. 
Accordingly,  Berkshire’s  equity  investments  are  concentrated  in relatively few investees.  At December 31, 2004, 65% of the 
total fair value of equity investments was concentrated in four investees. 

Berkshire’s  preferred  strategy  is  to  hold  equity  investments  for  very  long  periods  of  time.    Thus,  Berkshire 
management  is  not  necessarily  troubled  by  short  term  equity  price  volatility  with  respect  to  its  investments  provided  that  the 
underlying business, economic and management characteristics of the investees remain favorable.  Berkshire strives to maintain 
above average levels of shareholder capital to provide a margin of safety against short term equity price volatility. 

The carrying values of investments subject to equity price risks are based on quoted market prices or management’s 
estimates  of  fair  value  as  of  the  balance  sheet  dates.    Market  prices  are  subject  to  fluctuation  and,  consequently,  the  amount 
realized  in  the  subsequent  sale  of  an  investment  may  significantly  differ  from  the  reported  market  value.    Fluctuation  in  the 
market  price  of  a  security  may  result  from  perceived  changes  in  the  underlying  economic  characteristics  of  the  investee,  the 
relative price of alternative investments and general market conditions. Furthermore, amounts realized in the sale of a particular 
security may be affected by the relative quantity of the security being sold. 

The table below summarizes Berkshire’s equity price risks as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and shows the effects of 
a hypothetical 30% increase and a 30% decrease in market prices as of those dates.  The selected hypothetical change does not 
reflect what could be considered the best or worst case scenarios.  Indeed, results could be far worse due both to the nature of 
equity  markets  and  the  aforementioned  concentrations  existing  in  Berkshire’s  equity  investment  portfolio.    Dollars  are  in 
millions. 

Fair Value

Hypothetical 
Price Change

Estimated 
Fair Value after 
Hypothetical 
Change in Prices

Hypothetical 
Percentage 
Increase (Decrease) in 
Shareholders’ Equity

As of December 31, 2004.......................  

$37,717 

As of December 31, 2003.......................  

$35,287 

30% increase 
30% decrease 

30% increase 
30% decrease 

$49,032 
26,402 

$45,873 
24,701 

8.5 
(8.5) 

8.9 
(8.9) 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion (Continued) 

Foreign Currency Risk 

Berkshire’s  market  risks  associated  with  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  are  concentrated  primarily  in  a 
portfolio of short duration foreign currency forward contracts.  Generally, these contracts provide that Berkshire receive certain 
foreign currencies and pay U.S. dollars at specified exchange rates and at specified future dates.  Management entered into these 
contracts as a partial economic hedge of the adverse effect from a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar on its net U.S. dollar-
based  assets.    The  value  of  these  contracts  changes  daily  due  primarily  to  changes  in  the  spot  exchange  rates  and  to  a  lesser 
degree, interest rates and time value.  The average duration of the contracts is approximately six months.  The aggregate notional 
value of such contracts, which are spread among 12 currencies at December 31, 2004, was approximately $21.4 billion compared 
to about $12.0 billion as of December 31, 2003.  The fair value asset of these contracts totaled approximately $1,761 million at 
December 31, 2004 and $630 million at December 31, 2003. 

Berkshire  monitors  the  currency  positions  daily  for  each  currency.    The  following  table  summarizes  the  outstanding 
foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and shows the estimated changes in values of the contracts 
assuming  changes  in  the  underlying  exchange  rates  applied  immediately  and  uniformly  across  all  currencies.    The  changes  in 
value do not necessarily reflect the best or worst case results and therefore, actual results may differ.  Dollars are in millions. 

Estimated Fair Value Assuming a Hypothetical 
Percentage Increase (Decrease) in the Value of 
Foreign Currencies Versus the U.S. Dollar

Fair Value
$1,761 
630 

(20%)
$(2,614) 
(1,583) 

(10%)
$(475) 
(512) 

(1%)
$1,533 
512 

1%
$1,991 
748 

10%
$4,127 
1,865 

20%
$6,669 
3,230 

December 31, 2004.............................  
December 31, 2003.............................  

Derivatives Dealer Risk 

Berkshire, through General Re Securities (“GRS”), is a dealer in various types of derivative instruments in conjunction 
with offering risk management products to its clients.  Effective January 2002, GRS commenced the run-off of its business.  It is 
expected that the run-off will take several years to complete.  Since January 2002, approximately 88% of GRS’s contracts have 
terminated.  Accordingly, derivatives market risks from the GRS portfolio declined substantially.  While GRS may incur losses 
to unwind its remaining positions, market risks in the portfolio of derivatives at December 31, 2004 have declined significantly 
and as of December 31, 2004 management believes that market risks are no longer significant.  However, credit risks from the 
potential inability of counterparties to settle amounts due to GRS remains.  Management monitors counterparty credit constantly 
and contracts may require such exposures to be collateralized.  Uncollateralized credit exposure as of December 31, 2004 totaled 
$2.0 billion.  No significant credit losses have occurred to date. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

Investors are cautioned that certain statements contained in this document, as well as some statements by the Company 
in periodic press releases and some oral statements of Company officials during presentations about the Company, are “forward-
looking” statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”).  Forward-looking 
statements include statements which are predictive in nature, which depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, which 
include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” or similar expressions.  In addition, 
any statements concerning future financial performance (including future revenues, earnings or growth rates), ongoing business 
strategies or prospects, and possible future Company actions, which may be provided by management are also forward-looking 
statements  as  defined  by  the  Act.    Forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  projections  about  future 
events  and  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties,  and  assumptions  about  the  Company,  economic  and  market  factors  and  the 
industries in which the Company does business, among other things.  These statements are not guaranties of future performance 
and the Company has no specific intention to update these statements. 

Actual events and results may differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in forward-looking statements due 
to  a  number  of  factors.    The  principal  important  risk  factors  that  could  cause  the  Company’s  actual  performance  and  future 
events and actions to differ materially from such forward-looking statements, include, but are not limited to, changes in market 
prices  of  Berkshire’s  significant  equity  investees,  the  occurrence  of  one  or  more  catastrophic  events,  such  as  an  earthquake, 
hurricane  or  an  act  of  terrorism  that  causes  losses  insured  by  Berkshire’s  insurance  subsidiaries,  changes  in  insurance laws or 
regulations, changes in Federal income tax laws, and changes in general economic and market factors that affect the prices of 
securities or the industries in which Berkshire and its affiliates do business, especially those affecting the property and casualty 
insurance industry. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In June 1996, Berkshire’s Chairman, Warren E. Buffett, issued a booklet entitled “An Owner’s Manual” 
to  Berkshire’s  Class  A  and  Class  B  shareholders.    The  purpose  of  the  manual  was  to  explain  Berkshire’s  broad 
economic principles of operation.  An updated version is reproduced on this and the following five pages. 

____________________________________________________________________ 

OWNER-RELATED BUSINESS PRINCIPLES 

At the time of the Blue Chip merger in 1983, I set down 13 owner-related business principles that I thought 
would help new shareholders understand our managerial approach.  As is appropriate for “principles,” all 13 remain 
alive and well today, and they are stated here in italics. 

1. 

Although  our  form  is  corporate,  our  attitude  is  partnership.  Charlie  Munger  and  I  think  of  our 
shareholders  as  owner-partners,  and  of  ourselves  as  managing  partners.  (Because  of  the  size  of  our 
shareholdings we are also, for better or worse, controlling partners.)  We do not view the company itself as 
the  ultimate  owner  of  our  business  assets  but instead view the company as a conduit through which our 
shareholders own the assets. 

Charlie and I hope that you do not think of yourself as merely owning a piece of paper whose price wiggles 
around daily and that is a candidate for sale when some economic or political event makes you nervous. 
We  hope  you  instead  visualize  yourself  as  a  part  owner  of  a  business  that  you  expect  to  stay  with 
indefinitely, much as you might if you owned a farm or apartment house in partnership with members of 
your family.  For our part, we do not view Berkshire shareholders as faceless members of an ever-shifting 
crowd, but rather as co-venturers who have entrusted their funds to us for what may well turn out to be the 
remainder of their lives. 

The evidence suggests that most Berkshire shareholders have indeed embraced this long-term partnership 
concept.  The annual percentage turnover in Berkshire’s shares is a small fraction of that occurring in the 
stocks  of  other  major  American  corporations,  even  when  the  shares  I  own  are  excluded  from  the 
calculation. 

In effect, our shareholders behave in respect to their Berkshire stock much as Berkshire itself behaves in 
respect to companies in which it has an investment.  As owners of, say, Coca-Cola or Gillette shares, we 
think of Berkshire as being a non-managing partner in two extraordinary businesses, in which we measure 
our success by the long-term progress of the companies rather than by the month-to-month movements of 
their stocks.  In fact, we would not care in the least if several years went by in which there was no trading, 
or  quotation  of  prices,  in  the  stocks  of  those  companies.  If  we  have  good  long-term  expectations,  short-
term price changes are meaningless for us except to the extent they offer us an opportunity to increase our 
ownership at an attractive price. 

2. 

In line with Berkshire’s owner-orientation, most of our directors have a major portion of their net worth 
invested in the company.  We eat our own cooking. 

Charlie’s family has 90% or more of its net worth in Berkshire shares; I have more than 99%. In addition, 
many of my relatives — my sisters and cousins, for example — keep a huge portion of their net worth in 
Berkshire stock. 

Charlie and I feel totally comfortable with this eggs-in-one-basket situation because Berkshire itself owns a 
wide variety of truly extraordinary businesses. Indeed, we believe that Berkshire is close to being unique in 
the  quality  and  diversity  of  the  businesses  in  which  it  owns  either  a  controlling  interest  or  a  minority 
interest of significance. 

Charlie and I cannot promise you results.  But we can guarantee that your financial fortunes will move in 
lockstep with ours for whatever period of time you elect to be our partner.  We have no interest in large 
salaries or options or other means of gaining an “edge” over you.  We want to make money only when our 
partners do and in exactly the same proportion.  Moreover, when I do something dumb, I want you to be 
able to derive some solace from the fact that my financial suffering is proportional to yours. 

*Copyright © 1996 By Warren E. Buffett 

All Rights Reserved 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

Our long-term economic goal (subject to some qualifications mentioned later) is to maximize Berkshire’s 
average  annual  rate  of  gain  in  intrinsic  business  value  on  a  per-share  basis.  We  do  not  measure  the 
economic significance or performance of Berkshire by its size; we measure by per-share progress.  We are 
certain  that  the  rate  of  per-share  progress  will  diminish  in  the  future  — a greatly enlarged capital base 
will see to that.  But we will be disappointed if our rate does not exceed that of the average large American 
corporation. 

Our  preference  would  be  to  reach  our  goal  by  directly  owning  a  diversified  group  of  businesses  that 
generate cash and consistently earn above-average returns on capital.  Our second choice is to own parts 
of similar businesses, attained primarily through purchases of marketable common stocks by our insurance 
subsidiaries.    The  price  and  availability  of  businesses  and  the  need  for  insurance  capital  determine  any 
given year’s capital allocation. 

In recent years we have made a number of acquisitions.  Though there will be dry years, we expect to make 
many more in the decades to come, and our hope is that they will be large.  If these purchases approach the 
quality of those we have made in the past, Berkshire will be well served. 

The challenge for us is to generate ideas as rapidly as we generate cash. In this respect, a depressed stock 
market is likely to present us with significant advantages.  For one thing, it tends to reduce the prices at 
which entire companies become available for purchase.  Second, a depressed market makes it easier for our 
insurance  companies  to  buy  small  pieces  of  wonderful  businesses  —  including  additional  pieces  of 
businesses we already own — at attractive prices.  And third, some of those same wonderful businesses, 
such as Coca-Cola, are consistent buyers of their own shares, which means that they, and we, gain from the 
cheaper prices at which they can buy. 

Overall,  Berkshire  and  its  long-term  shareholders benefit  from a sinking stock market much as a regular 
purchaser of food benefits from declining food prices.  So when the market plummets — as it will from 
time to time — neither panic nor mourn.  It’s good news for Berkshire. 

Because  of  our  two-pronged  approach  to  business  ownership  and  because  of  the  limitations  of 
conventional  accounting,  consolidated  reported  earnings  may  reveal  relatively  little  about  our  true 
economic performance.  Charlie and I, both as owners and managers, virtually ignore such consolidated 
numbers.  However, we will also report to you the earnings of each major business we control, numbers we 
consider  of  great  importance.  These  figures,  along  with  other  information  we  will  supply  about  the 
individual businesses, should generally aid you in making judgments about them. 

To  state  things  simply,  we  try  to  give  you  in  the  annual  report  the  numbers  and  other  information  that 
really matter.  Charlie and I pay a great deal of attention to how well our businesses are doing, and we also 
work  to  understand  the  environment  in  which  each  business  is  operating.  For  example,  is  one  of  our 
businesses enjoying an industry tailwind or is it facing a headwind?  Charlie and I need to know exactly 
which  situation  prevails  and  to  adjust  our  expectations  accordingly.  We  will  also  pass  along  our 
conclusions to you. 

Over time, the large majority of our businesses have exceeded our expectations. But sometimes we have 
disappointments, and we will try to be as candid in informing you about those as we are in describing the 
happier experiences. When we use unconventional measures to chart our progress — for instance, you will 
be reading in our annual reports about insurance “float” — we will try to explain these concepts and why 
we  regard  them  as  important.  In  other  words,  we  believe  in  telling  you  how  we  think  so  that  you  can 
evaluate  not  only  Berkshire’s  businesses  but  also  assess  our  approach  to  management  and  capital 
allocation. 

Accounting consequences do not influence our operating or capital-allocation decisions.  When acquisition 
costs are similar, we much prefer to purchase $2 of earnings that is not reportable by us under standard 
accounting principles than to purchase $1 of earnings that is reportable.  This is precisely the choice that 
often faces us since entire businesses (whose earnings will be fully reportable) frequently sell for double 
the pro-rata price of small portions (whose earnings will be largely unreportable).  In aggregate and over 
time, we expect the unreported earnings to be fully reflected in our intrinsic business value through capital 
gains. 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
We have found over time that the undistributed earnings of our investees, in aggregate, have been fully as 
beneficial  to  Berkshire  as  if  they  had  been  distributed  to  us  (and  therefore  had  been  included  in  the 
earnings we officially report).  This pleasant result has occurred because most of our investees are engaged 
in  truly  outstanding  businesses  that  can  often  employ  incremental  capital  to  great  advantage,  either  by 
putting it to work in their businesses or by repurchasing their shares.  Obviously, every capital decision that 
our investees have made has not benefitted us as shareholders, but overall we have garnered far more than 
a  dollar  of  value  for  each  dollar  they  have  retained.    We  consequently  regard  look-through  earnings  as 
realistically portraying our yearly gain from operations. 

7. 

We use debt sparingly and, when we do borrow, we attempt to structure our loans on a long-term fixed-
rate  basis.  We  will  reject  interesting  opportunities  rather  than  over-leverage  our  balance  sheet.  This 
conservatism has penalized our results but it is the only behavior that leaves us comfortable, considering 
our  fiduciary  obligations  to  policyholders,  lenders  and  the  many  equity  holders  who  have  committed 
unusually large portions of their net worth to our care. (As one of the Indianapolis “500” winners said:  
“To finish first, you must first finish.”) 

The financial calculus that Charlie and I employ would never permit our trading a good night’s sleep for a 
shot at a few extra percentage points of return.  I’ve never believed in risking what my family and friends 
have and need in order to pursue what they don’t have and don’t need. 

Besides, Berkshire has access to two low-cost, non-perilous sources of leverage that allow us to safely own 
far more assets than our equity capital alone would permit:  deferred taxes and “float,” the funds of others 
that our insurance business holds because it receives premiums before needing to pay out losses.  Both of 
these funding sources have grown rapidly and now total about $55 billion. 

Better yet, this funding to date has often been cost-free.  Deferred tax liabilities bear no interest.  And as 
long as we can break even in our insurance underwriting the cost of the float developed from that operation 
is  zero.    Neither  item,  of  course,  is  equity;  these  are  real  liabilities.  But  they  are  liabilities  without 
covenants or due dates attached to them.  In effect, they give us the benefit of debt — an ability to have 
more assets working for us — but saddle us with none of its drawbacks. 

Of  course,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  we  can  obtain  our  float  in  the  future  at  no  cost.  But  we  feel  our 
chances of attaining that goal are as good as those of anyone in the insurance business.  Not only have we 
reached  the  goal  in  the  past  (despite  a  number  of  important  mistakes  by  your  Chairman),  our  1996 
acquisition of GEICO, materially improved our prospects for getting there in the future. 

A  managerial  “wish  list”  will  not  be  filled  at  shareholder  expense.  We will not diversify by purchasing 
entire businesses at control prices that ignore long-term economic consequences to our shareholders.  We 
will only do with your money what we would do with our own, weighing fully the values you can obtain by 
diversifying your own portfolios through direct purchases in the stock market. 

Charlie and I are interested only in acquisitions that we believe will raise the per-share intrinsic value of 
Berkshire’s stock.  The size of our paychecks or our offices will never be related to the size of Berkshire’s 
balance sheet. 

We feel noble intentions should be checked periodically against results.  We test the wisdom of retaining 
earnings by assessing whether retention, over time, delivers shareholders at least $1 of market value for 
each $1 retained.  To date, this test has been met.  We will continue to apply it on a five-year rolling basis. 
As our net worth grows, it is more difficult to use retained earnings wisely. 

We  continue  to pass the test, but the challenges of doing so have grown more difficult.  If we reach the 
point that we can’t create extra value by retaining earnings, we will pay them out and let our shareholders 
deploy the funds. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

We will issue common stock only when we receive as much in business value as we give.  This rule applies 
to  all  forms  of  issuance  —  not  only  mergers  or  public  stock  offerings,  but  stock-for-debt  swaps,  stock 
options, and convertible securities as well. We will not sell small portions of your company — and that is 
what the issuance of shares amounts to — on a basis inconsistent with the value of the entire enterprise. 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. 

12. 

When we sold the Class B shares in 1996, we stated that Berkshire stock was not undervalued — and some 
people found that shocking.  That reaction was not well-founded. Shock should have registered instead had 
we issued shares when our stock was undervalued. Managements that say or imply during a public offering 
that  their  stock  is  undervalued  are  usually  being  economical  with  the  truth  or  uneconomical  with  their 
existing shareholders’ money:  Owners unfairly lose if their managers deliberately sell assets for 80¢ that 
in fact are worth $1. We didn’t commit that kind of crime in our offering of Class B shares and we never 
will.  (We did not, however, say at the time of the sale that our stock was overvalued, though many media 
have reported that we did.) 

You  should  be  fully  aware  of  one  attitude  Charlie  and  I  share  that  hurts  our  financial  performance:  
Regardless of price, we have no interest at all in selling any good businesses that Berkshire owns. We are 
also very reluctant to sell sub-par businesses as long as we expect them to generate at least some cash and 
as  long  as  we  feel  good  about  their  managers  and  labor  relations.  We  hope  not  to  repeat  the  capital-
allocation  mistakes  that  led  us  into  such  sub-par  businesses.  And  we  react  with  great  caution  to 
suggestions  that  our  poor  businesses  can  be  restored  to  satisfactory  profitability  by  major  capital 
expenditures. (The projections will be dazzling and the advocates sincere, but, in the end, major additional 
investment in a terrible industry usually is about as rewarding as struggling in quicksand.)  Nevertheless, 
gin rummy managerial behavior (discard your least promising business at each turn) is not our style. We 
would rather have our overall results penalized a bit than engage in that kind of behavior. 

We continue to avoid gin rummy behavior.  True, we closed our textile business in the mid-1980’s after 20 
years of struggling with it, but only because we felt it was doomed to run never-ending operating losses. 
We have not, however, given thought to selling operations that would command very fancy prices nor have 
we dumped our laggards, though we focus hard on curing the problems that cause them to lag. 

We  will  be  candid  in  our  reporting  to  you,  emphasizing  the  pluses  and  minuses  important  in  appraising 
business value. Our guideline is to tell you the business facts that we would want to know if our positions 
were  reversed.  We  owe  you  no  less.  Moreover,  as  a  company  with  a  major  communications  business,  it 
would  be  inexcusable  for  us  to  apply  lesser  standards  of  accuracy,  balance  and  incisiveness  when 
reporting on ourselves than we would expect our news people to apply when reporting on others. We also 
believe candor benefits us as managers:  The CEO who misleads others in public may eventually mislead 
himself in private. 

At Berkshire you will find no “big bath” accounting maneuvers or restructurings nor any “smoothing” of 
quarterly  or  annual  results.  We  will  always  tell  you  how  many  strokes  we  have  taken  on  each  hole  and 
never  play  around  with  the  scorecard.  When  the  numbers  are  a  very  rough  “guesstimate,”  as  they 
necessarily  must  be  in  insurance  reserving,  we  will  try  to  be  both  consistent  and  conservative  in  our 
approach. 

We  will  be  communicating  with  you  in  several  ways.  Through  the  annual  report,  I  try  to  give  all 
shareholders  as  much  value-defining  information  as  can  be  conveyed  in  a  document  kept  to  reasonable 
length.  We  also  try  to  convey  a  liberal  quantity  of  condensed  but  important  information  in  the  quarterly 
reports  we  post  on  the  internet,  though  I  don’t  write  those  (one  recital  a  year  is  enough).  Still  another 
important  occasion  for  communication  is  our  Annual  Meeting,  at  which  Charlie  and  I  are  delighted  to 
spend  five  hours  or  more  answering  questions  about  Berkshire.  But  there  is  one  way  we  can’t 
communicate:  on a one-on-one basis. That isn’t feasible given Berkshire’s many thousands of owners. 

In  all  of  our  communications,  we  try  to  make  sure  that  no  single  shareholder  gets  an  edge:    We  do  not 
follow the usual practice of giving earnings “guidance” or other information of value to analysts or large 
shareholders. Our goal is to have all of our owners updated at the same time. 

13. 

Despite  our  policy  of  candor,  we  will  discuss  our  activities  in  marketable  securities  only  to  the  extent 
legally required. Good investment ideas are rare, valuable and subject to competitive appropriation just as 
good product or business acquisition ideas are. Therefore we normally will not talk about our investment 
ideas.  This  ban  extends  even  to  securities  we  have  sold  (because  we  may  purchase  them  again)  and  to 
stocks we are incorrectly rumored to be buying. If we deny those reports but say “no comment” on other 
occasions, the no-comments become confirmation. 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
Though  we  continue  to  be  unwilling  to  talk  about  specific  stocks,  we  freely  discuss  our  business  and 
investment  philosophy.  I  benefitted  enormously  from  the  intellectual  generosity  of  Ben  Graham,  the 
greatest teacher in the history of finance, and I believe it appropriate to pass along what I learned from him, 
even if that creates new and able investment competitors for Berkshire just as Ben’s teachings did for him. 

AN ADDED PRINCIPLE 

To the extent possible, we would like each Berkshire shareholder to record a gain or loss in market value during his 
period of ownership that is proportional to the gain or loss in per-share intrinsic value recorded by the company 
during that holding period. For this to come about, the relationship between the intrinsic value and the market price 
of a Berkshire share would need to remain constant, and by our preferences at 1-to-1. As that implies, we would 
rather  see  Berkshire’s  stock  price  at  a  fair  level  than  a  high  level.  Obviously,  Charlie  and  I  can’t  control 
Berkshire’s  price.  But  by  our  policies  and  communications,  we  can  encourage  informed,  rational  behavior  by 
owners that, in turn, will tend to produce a stock price that is also rational. Our it’s-as-bad-to-be-overvalued-as-to-
be-undervalued  approach  may  disappoint  some  shareholders.  We  believe,  however,  that  it  affords  Berkshire  the 
best prospect of attracting long-term investors who seek to profit from the progress of the company rather than from 
the investment mistakes of their partners. 

INTRINSIC VALUE 

Now let’s focus on a term that I mentioned earlier and that you will encounter in future annual reports. 

Intrinsic  value  is  an  all-important  concept  that  offers  the  only  logical  approach  to  evaluating  the  relative 
attractiveness of investments and businesses. Intrinsic value can be defined simply:  It is the discounted value of the cash that 
can be taken out of a business during its remaining life. 

The calculation of intrinsic value, though, is not so simple. As our definition suggests, intrinsic value is an estimate 
rather than a precise figure, and it is additionally an estimate that must be changed if interest rates move or forecasts of future 
cash flows are revised. Two people looking at the same set of facts, moreover — and this would apply even to Charlie and 
me — will almost inevitably come up with at least slightly different intrinsic value figures. That is one reason we never give 
you  our  estimates  of  intrinsic  value.  What  our  annual  reports  do  supply,  though,  are  the  facts  that  we  ourselves  use  to 
calculate this value. 

Meanwhile, we regularly report our per-share book value, an easily calculable number, though one of limited use. 
The limitations do not arise from our holdings of marketable securities, which are carried on our books at their current prices. 
Rather the inadequacies of book value have to do with the companies we control, whose values as stated on our books may 
be far different from their intrinsic values. 

The  disparity  can  go  in  either  direction.  For  example,  in  1964  we  could  state  with  certitude  that  Berkshire’s per-
share  book  value  was  $19.46.  However,  that  figure  considerably  overstated  the  company’s  intrinsic value, since all of the 
company’s  resources  were  tied  up  in  a  sub-profitable  textile  business.  Our  textile  assets  had  neither  going-concern  nor 
liquidation values equal to their carrying values. Today, however, Berkshire’s situation is reversed:  Now, our book value far 
understates Berkshire’s intrinsic value, a point true because many of the businesses we control are worth much more than 
their carrying value. 

Inadequate  though  they  are  in  telling  the  story,  we  give  you  Berkshire’s  book-value  figures  because  they  today 
serve  as  a  rough,  albeit  significantly  understated,  tracking  measure  for  Berkshire’s  intrinsic  value.  In  other  words,  the 
percentage change in book value in any given year is likely to be reasonably close to that year’s change in intrinsic value. 

You can gain some insight into the differences between book value and intrinsic value by looking at one form of 
investment, a college education. Think of the education’s cost as its “book value.”  If this cost is to be accurate, it should 
include the earnings that were foregone by the student because he chose college rather than a job. 

For  this  exercise,  we  will  ignore  the  important  non-economic  benefits  of  an  education  and  focus  strictly  on  its 
economic value. First, we must estimate the earnings that the graduate will receive over his lifetime and subtract from that 
figure an estimate of what he would have earned had he lacked his education. That gives us an excess earnings figure, which 
must  then  be  discounted,  at  an  appropriate  interest  rate,  back  to  graduation  day.  The  dollar  result  equals  the  intrinsic 
economic value of the education. 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Some  graduates  will  find  that  the  book  value  of  their  education  exceeds  its  intrinsic  value,  which  means  that 
whoever  paid  for  the  education  didn’t  get  his  money’s  worth.  In  other  cases,  the  intrinsic  value  of  an  education  will  far 
exceed  its  book  value,  a  result  that  proves  capital  was  wisely  deployed.  In  all  cases,  what  is  clear  is  that  book  value  is 
meaningless as an indicator of intrinsic value. 

THE MANAGING OF BERKSHIRE 

I think it’s appropriate that I conclude with a discussion of Berkshire’s management, today and in the future. As our 
first owner-related principle tells you, Charlie and I are the managing partners of Berkshire. But we subcontract all of the 
heavy  lifting  in  this  business  to  the  managers  of  our  subsidiaries.  In  fact,  we  delegate  almost  to  the  point  of  abdication: 
Though Berkshire has about 180,000 employees, only 17 of these are at headquarters. 

Charlie  and  I  mainly  attend  to  capital  allocation  and  the  care  and  feeding  of  our  key  managers.  Most  of  these 
managers are happiest when they are left alone to run their businesses, and that is customarily just how we leave them. That 
puts them in charge of all operating decisions and of dispatching the excess cash they generate to headquarters. By sending it 
to us, they don’t get diverted by the various enticements that would come their way were they responsible for deploying the 
cash their businesses throw off. Furthermore, Charlie and I are exposed to a much wider range of possibilities for investing 
these funds than any of our managers could find in his or her own industry. 

Most of our managers are independently wealthy, and it’s therefore up to us to create a climate that encourages them 
to choose working with Berkshire over golfing or fishing. This leaves us needing to treat them fairly and in the manner that 
we would wish to be treated if our positions were reversed. 

As  for  the  allocation  of  capital,  that’s  an  activity  both  Charlie  and  I  enjoy  and  in  which  we  have  acquired  some 
useful  experience.  In  a  general  sense,  grey  hair  doesn’t  hurt  on  this  playing  field:    You  don’t  need  good  hand-eye 
coordination  or  well-toned  muscles  to  push  money  around  (thank  heavens).  As  long  as  our  minds  continue  to  function 
effectively, Charlie and I can keep on doing our jobs pretty much as we have in the past. 

On my death, Berkshire’s ownership picture will change but not in a disruptive way:  None of my stock will have to 
be sold to take care of the cash bequests I have made or for taxes.  Other assets of mine will take care of these requirements.  
All  Berkshire  shares  will  be  left  to  one  or  more  foundations.  In  this  way,  Berkshire  will  be  left  with  a  long-term,  very 
substantial shareholder, guided by the same philosophy and objectives that now set our course. 

At that juncture, the Buffett family will not be involved in managing the business, only in picking and overseeing 
the managers who do. Just who those managers will be, of course, depends on the date of my death. But I can anticipate what 
the management structure will be:  Essentially my job will be split into two parts, with one executive becoming responsible 
for investments and another, who will be CEO, for operations. If the acquisition of new businesses is in prospect, the two 
will  cooperate  in  making  the  decisions  needed,  subject,  of  course,  to  board  approval.  We  will  continue  to  have  an 
extraordinarily shareholder-minded board, one whose interests are solidly aligned with yours. 

Were we to need the management structure I have just described on an immediate basis, our directors know who I 
would  recommend  for  both  posts.    All  candidates  currently  work  for  Berkshire  and  are  people  in  whom  I  have  total 
confidence. 

I will continue to keep the directors posted on the succession issue.  Since Berkshire stock will make up virtually 
my entire estate and will account for a similar portion of the assets of the foundation for a considerable period after my death, 
you can be sure that the directors and I have thought through the succession question carefully and that we are well prepared. 
You  can  be  equally  sure  that  the  principles  we  have  employed  to  date  in  running  Berkshire  will  continue  to  guide  the 
managers who succeed me. 

Lest we end on a morbid note, I also want to assure you that I have never felt better. I love running Berkshire, and if 

enjoying life promotes longevity, Methuselah’s record is in jeopardy. 

Warren E. Buffett 
Chairman 

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 

COMMON STOCK 

General 

  Berkshire  has  two  classes  of  common  stock  designated  Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock. 
Each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into 30 shares of Class B Common 
Stock.  Shares of Class B Common Stock are not convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock. 

Stock Transfer Agent 

  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., P. O. Box 64854, St. Paul, MN 55164-0854 serves as Transfer Agent and Registrar for 
the  Company’s  common  stock.    Correspondence  may  be  directed  to  Wells  Fargo  at  the  address  indicated  or  at 
wellsfargo.com/shareownerservices.  Telephone inquiries should be directed to the Shareowner Relations Department 
at  1-877-602-7411  between  7:00  A.M.  and  7:00  P.M.  Central  Time.    Certificates  for  re-issue  or  transfer  should  be 
directed to the Transfer Department at the address indicated. 

  Shareholders  of  record  wishing  to  convert  Class  A  Common  Stock  into  Class  B  Common  Stock  may  contact 
Wells  Fargo  in  writing.    Along  with  the  underlying  stock  certificate,  shareholders  should  provide  Wells  Fargo  with 
specific written instructions regarding the number of shares to be converted and the manner in which the Class B shares 
are to be registered.  We recommend that you use certified or registered mail when delivering the stock certificates and 
written instructions. 

If  Class  A  shares  are  held  in  “street  name,”  shareholders  wishing  to  convert  all  or  a  portion  of  their  holding 

should contact their broker or bank nominee.  It will be necessary for the nominee to make the request for conversion. 

Shareholders 

  Berkshire had approximately 6,400 record holders of its Class A Common Stock and 14,700 record holders of its 
Class B Common Stock at March 2, 2005.  Record owners included nominees holding at least 500,000 shares of Class 
A Common Stock and 7,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock on behalf of beneficial-but-not-of-record owners. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

  Berkshire’s Class A and Class B Common Stock are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, trading 
symbol: BRK.A and BRK.B.  The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share, as reported on the 
New York Stock Exchange Composite List during the periods indicated: 

2004

2003

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

High

Low

$95,700  $84,000
85,100
83,400
81,150

95,650 
90,750 
89,500 

High
$3,195
3,189
3,024
2,994

Low
$2,795
2,830
2,782
2,685

High
$73,005
75,500
76,400
84,700

Low
$60,600 
64,305 
70,900 
75,150 

High
$2,437 
2,514 
2,549 
2,824 

Low
$2,015
2,141
2,367
2,496

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Dividends 

Berkshire has not declared a cash dividend since 1967. 

NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS 

As  a  listed  Company  with  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”),  Berkshire  is  subject to certain Corporate 
Governance  standards  as  required  by  the  NYSE  and/or  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”).    Among 
other requirements, Berkshire’s CEO, as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, must 
certify  to  the  NYSE  each  year  whether  or  not  he  is  aware  of  any  violations  by  the  Company  of  NYSE  Corporate 
Governance listing standards as of the date of the certification.  On May 17, 2004, Berkshire’s CEO Warren E. Buffett, 
submitted  such  a  certification  to  the  NYSE  which  stated  that  he  was  not  aware  of  any  violation  by  Berkshire  of  the 
NYSE Corporate Governance listing standards. 

On March 12, 2004, Berkshire filed its 2003 Form 10-K with the SEC, which included as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 
the  required  CEO  and  CFO  Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 certifications.  As of March 5, 2005, Berkshire has not 
filed its 2004 Form 10-K. 

 79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 

OPERATING COMPANIES 

Company

Employees

Company

Employees

Acme Building Brands 
Adalet (1)
Altaquip (1)
Ben Bridge Jeweler 
Benjamin Moore 
Berkshire Hathaway Homestate Companies 
Berkshire Hathaway Reinsurance Division 
Borsheim’s Jewelry 
The Buffalo News 
CalEnergy (2)
Campbell Hausfeld (1)
Carefree of Colorado (1)
Central States Indemnity Co. 
Clayton Homes, Inc. 
Cleveland Wood Products (1)
CORT Business Services 
CTB International 
Dairy Queen 
Douglas/Quikut (1)
Fechheimer Brothers 
FlightSafety International 
France (1)
Fruit of the Loom 
Garan 
GEICO 
General Re Corporation 
H. H. Brown Shoe Group 
Halex (1)
Helzberg’s Diamond Shops 
HomeServices of America (2)
Johns Manville 
Jordan’s Furniture 
Justin Brands 

2,909 
150 
293 
739 
2,951 
205 
29 
240 
1,018 
513 
913 
269 
241 
11,837 
105 
2,475 
1,260 
2,152 
88 
1,140 
3,356 
173 
26,000 
4,855 
20,964 
3,248 
1,293 
165 
2,588 
3,523 
8,248 
1,412 
905 

Kansas Bankers Surety Company 
Kern River Gas Transmission Company (2)
Kingston (1)
Kirby (1)
Larson-Juhl 
McLane Company 
Meriam Instrument (1)
MidAmerican Energy Company (2)
MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company 
MiTek Inc. 
National Indemnity Companies 
Nebraska Furniture Mart 
NetJets 
Northern Natural Gas (2)
Northern and Yorkshire Electric (2)
Northland (1)
The Pampered Chef 
Precision Steel Warehouse 
Other Scott Fetzer Companies 
See’s Candies 
Shaw Industries 
Stahl (1)
Star Furniture 
United Consumer Finance Company (1)
United States Liability Insurance Group 
Wayne Water Systems (1)
Wesco Financial Corp. 
Western Enterprises (1)
Western Plastics (1)
R. C. Willey Home Furnishings 
World Book (1)
XTRA 
Operating Companies total 

Corporate Office 

17 
170 
276 
561 
1,830 
15,786 
59 
3,164 
714 
1,431 
741 
2,166 
5,107 
1,042 
2,409 
134 
880 
202 
139 
2,300 
28,922 
365 
746 
218 
388 
238 
13 
396 
136 
2,420 
211 
         721
180,159 

           17 

  180,176 

(1)  A Scott Fetzer Company 
(2)  A MidAmerican Energy Holdings Company 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY INC. 

DIRECTORS 

WARREN E. BUFFETT, 
Chairman and CEO of Berkshire 

CHARLES T. MUNGER, 
Vice Chairman of Berkshire 

HOWARD G. BUFFETT, 
President of Buffett Farms and BioImages, a photography 
  and publishing company. 

MALCOLM G. CHACE, 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of BankRI, a  
  community bank located in the State of Rhode Island. 

WILLIAM H. GATES III, 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Microsoft Corp, 
  a software company. 

DAVID S. GOTTESMAN, 
Senior Managing Director of First Manhattan Company, an 

investment advisory firm. 

CHARLOTTE GUYMAN, 
Chairman of Finance Committee of the Board of Directors 
  of UW Medicine, an academic medical center. 

DONALD R. KEOUGH, 
Chairman of Allen and Company Incorporated, an investment 
  banking firm. 

THOMAS S. MURPHY, 
Former Chairman of the Board and CEO of Capital 
  Cities/ABC. 

RONALD L. OLSON, 
Partner of the law firm of Munger, Tolles & Olson LLP. 

WALTER SCOTT, JR., 
Chairman of Level 3 Communications, a successor to certain 
  businesses of Peter Kiewit Sons’ Inc. which is engaged in 

telecommunications and computer outsourcing. 

OFFICERS 

WARREN E. BUFFETT,  Chairman and CEO 

CHARLES T. MUNGER,  Vice Chairman 

MARC D. HAMBURG,  Vice President, Treasurer 

DANIEL J. JAKSICH,  Controller 

FORREST N. KRUTTER,  Secretary 

REBECCA K. AMICK, 
 Director of Internal Auditing 

MARK D. MILLARD, 
 Director of Financial Assets 

JO ELLEN RIECK, 
 Director of Taxes 

Letters  from  Annual  Reports  (1977  through  2004),  quarterly  reports,  press  releases  and  other  information 
about Berkshire may be obtained on the Internet at berkshirehathaway.com. Berkshire’s 2005 quarterly reports are 
scheduled to be posted on the Internet on May 6, August 5 and November 4.  Berkshire’s 2005 Annual Report is 
scheduled to be posted on the Internet on March 1, 2006.